This is gmp.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.2 from gmp.texi.

This manual describes how to install and use the GNU multiple precision
arithmetic library, version 4.1.2.

   Copyright 1991, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version
1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being "A GNU
Manual", and with the Back-Cover Texts being "You have freedom to copy
and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU software".  A copy of the license
is included in *Note GNU Free Documentation License::.
INFO-DIR-SECTION GNU libraries
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* gmp: (gmp).                   GNU Multiple Precision Arithmetic Library.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY


File: gmp.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Copying,  Prev: (dir),  Up: (dir)

GNU MP
******

This manual describes how to install and use the GNU multiple precision
arithmetic library, version 4.1.2.

   Copyright 1991, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version
1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being "A GNU
Manual", and with the Back-Cover Texts being "You have freedom to copy
and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU software".  A copy of the license
is included in *Note GNU Free Documentation License::.

* Menu:

* Copying::                    GMP Copying Conditions (LGPL).
* Introduction to GMP::        Brief introduction to GNU MP.
* Installing GMP::             How to configure and compile the GMP library.
* GMP Basics::                 What every GMP user should know.
* Reporting Bugs::             How to usefully report bugs.
* Integer Functions::          Functions for arithmetic on signed integers.
* Rational Number Functions::  Functions for arithmetic on rational numbers.
* Floating-point Functions::   Functions for arithmetic on floats.
* Low-level Functions::        Fast functions for natural numbers.
* Random Number Functions::    Functions for generating random numbers.
* Formatted Output::           `printf' style output.
* Formatted Input::            `scanf' style input.
* C++ Class Interface::        Class wrappers around GMP types.
* BSD Compatible Functions::   All functions found in BSD MP.
* Custom Allocation::          How to customize the internal allocation.
* Language Bindings::          Using GMP from other languages.
* Algorithms::                 What happens behind the scenes.
* Internals::                  How values are represented behind the scenes.

* Contributors::	       Who brings your this library?
* References::                 Some useful papers and books to read.
* GNU Free Documentation License::
* Concept Index::
* Function Index::


File: gmp.info,  Node: Copying,  Next: Introduction to GMP,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top

GNU MP Copying Conditions
*************************

   This library is "free"; this means that everyone is free to use it
and free to redistribute it on a free basis.  The library is not in the
public domain; it is copyrighted and there are restrictions on its
distribution, but these restrictions are designed to permit everything
that a good cooperating citizen would want to do.  What is not allowed
is to try to prevent others from further sharing any version of this
library that they might get from you.

   Specifically, we want to make sure that you have the right to give
away copies of the library, that you receive source code or else can
get it if you want it, that you can change this library or use pieces
of it in new free programs, and that you know you can do these things.

   To make sure that everyone has such rights, we have to forbid you to
deprive anyone else of these rights.  For example, if you distribute
copies of the GNU MP library, you must give the recipients all the
rights that you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or
can get the source code.  And you must tell them their rights.

   Also, for our own protection, we must make certain that everyone
finds out that there is no warranty for the GNU MP library.  If it is
modified by someone else and passed on, we want their recipients to
know that what they have is not what we distributed, so that any
problems introduced by others will not reflect on our reputation.

   The precise conditions of the license for the GNU MP library are
found in the Lesser General Public License version 2.1 that accompanies
the source code, see `COPYING.LIB'.  Certain demonstration programs are
provided under the terms of the plain General Public License version 2,
see `COPYING'.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Introduction to GMP,  Next: Installing GMP,  Prev: Copying,  Up: Top

Introduction to GNU MP
**********************

   GNU MP is a portable library written in C for arbitrary precision
arithmetic on integers, rational numbers, and floating-point numbers.
It aims to provide the fastest possible arithmetic for all applications
that need higher precision than is directly supported by the basic C
types.

   Many applications use just a few hundred bits of precision; but some
applications may need thousands or even millions of bits.  GMP is
designed to give good performance for both, by choosing algorithms
based on the sizes of the operands, and by carefully keeping the
overhead at a minimum.

   The speed of GMP is achieved by using fullwords as the basic
arithmetic type, by using sophisticated algorithms, by including
carefully optimized assembly code for the most common inner loops for
many different CPUs, and by a general emphasis on speed (as opposed to
simplicity or elegance).

   There is carefully optimized assembly code for these CPUs: ARM, DEC
Alpha 21064, 21164, and 21264, AMD 29000, AMD K6, K6-2 and Athlon,
Hitachi SuperH and SH-2, HPPA 1.0, 1.1 and 2.0, Intel Pentium, Pentium
Pro/II/III, Pentium 4, generic x86, Intel IA-64, i960, Motorola
MC68000, MC68020, MC88100, and MC88110, Motorola/IBM PowerPC 32 and 64,
National NS32000, IBM POWER, MIPS R3000, R4000, SPARCv7, SuperSPARC,
generic SPARCv8, UltraSPARC, DEC VAX, and Zilog Z8000.  Some
optimizations also for Cray vector systems, Clipper, IBM ROMP (RT), and
Pyramid AP/XP.

   There are two public mailing lists of interest.  One for general
questions and discussions about usage of the GMP library and one for
discussions about development of GMP.  There's more information about
the mailing lists at `http://swox.com/mailman/listinfo/'.  These lists
are *not* for bug reports.

   The proper place for bug reports is <bug-gmp@gnu.org>.  See *Note
Reporting Bugs:: for info about reporting bugs.

   For up-to-date information on GMP, please see the GMP web pages at

     `http://swox.com/gmp/'

   The latest version of the library is available at

     `ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gmp'

   Many sites around the world mirror `ftp.gnu.org', please use a mirror
near you, see `http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html' for a full list.

How to use this Manual
======================

   Everyone should read *Note GMP Basics::.  If you need to install the
library yourself, then read *Note Installing GMP::.  If you have a
system with multiple ABIs, then read *Note ABI and ISA::, for the
compiler options that must be used on applications.

   The rest of the manual can be used for later reference, although it
is probably a good idea to glance through it.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Installing GMP,  Next: GMP Basics,  Prev: Introduction to GMP,  Up: Top

Installing GMP
**************

   GMP has an autoconf/automake/libtool based configuration system.  On
a Unix-like system a basic build can be done with

     ./configure
     make

Some self-tests can be run with

     make check

And you can install (under `/usr/local' by default) with

     make install

   If you experience problems, please report them to <bug-gmp@gnu.org>.
See *Note Reporting Bugs::, for information on what to include in
useful bug reports.

* Menu:

* Build Options::
* ABI and ISA::
* Notes for Package Builds::
* Notes for Particular Systems::
* Known Build Problems::


File: gmp.info,  Node: Build Options,  Next: ABI and ISA,  Prev: Installing GMP,  Up: Installing GMP

Build Options
=============

   All the usual autoconf configure options are available, run
`./configure --help' for a summary.  The file `INSTALL.autoconf' has
some generic installation information too.

Non-Unix Systems
     `configure' requires various Unix-like tools.  On an MS-DOS system
     DJGPP can be used, and on MS Windows Cygwin or MINGW can be used,

          `http://www.cygnus.com/cygwin'
          `http://www.delorie.com/djgpp'
          `http://www.mingw.org'

     Microsoft also publishes an Interix "Services for Unix" which can
     be used to build GMP on Windows (with a normal `./configure'), but
     it's not free software.

     The `macos' directory contains an unsupported port to MacOS 9 on
     Power Macintosh, see `macos/README'.  Note that MacOS X "Darwin"
     should use the normal Unix-style `./configure'.

     It might be possible to build without the help of `configure',
     certainly all the code is there, but unfortunately you'll be on
     your own.

Build Directory
     To compile in a separate build directory, `cd' to that directory,
     and prefix the configure command with the path to the GMP source
     directory.  For example

          cd /my/build/dir
          /my/sources/gmp-4.1.2/configure

     Not all `make' programs have the necessary features (`VPATH') to
     support this.  In particular, SunOS and Slowaris `make' have bugs
     that make them unable to build in a separate directory.  Use GNU
     `make' instead.

`--disable-shared', `--disable-static'
     By default both shared and static libraries are built (where
     possible), but one or other can be disabled.  Shared libraries
     result in smaller executables and permit code sharing between
     separate running processes, but on some CPUs are slightly slower,
     having a small cost on each function call.

Native Compilation, `--build=CPU-VENDOR-OS'
     For normal native compilation, the system can be specified with
     `--build'.  By default `./configure' uses the output from running
     `./config.guess'.  On some systems `./config.guess' can determine
     the exact CPU type, on others it will be necessary to give it
     explicitly.  For example,

          ./configure --build=ultrasparc-sun-solaris2.7

     In all cases the `OS' part is important, since it controls how
     libtool generates shared libraries.  Running `./config.guess' is
     the simplest way to see what it should be, if you don't know
     already.

Cross Compilation, `--host=CPU-VENDOR-OS'
     When cross-compiling, the system used for compiling is given by
     `--build' and the system where the library will run is given by
     `--host'.  For example when using a FreeBSD Athlon system to build
     GNU/Linux m68k binaries,

          ./configure --build=athlon-pc-freebsd3.5 --host=m68k-mac-linux-gnu

     Compiler tools are sought first with the host system type as a
     prefix.  For example `m68k-mac-linux-gnu-ranlib' is tried, then
     plain `ranlib'.  This makes it possible for a set of
     cross-compiling tools to co-exist with native tools.  The prefix
     is the argument to `--host', and this can be an alias, such as
     `m68k-linux'.  But note that tools don't have to be setup this
     way, it's enough to just have a `PATH' with a suitable
     cross-compiling `cc' etc.

     Compiling for a different CPU in the same family as the build
     system is a form of cross-compilation, though very possibly this
     would merely be special options on a native compiler.  In any case
     `./configure' avoids depending on being able to run code on the
     build system, which is important when creating binaries for a
     newer CPU since they very possibly won't run on the build system.

     In all cases the compiler must be able to produce an executable
     (of whatever format) from a standard C `main'.  Although only
     object files will go to make up `libgmp', `./configure' uses
     linking tests for various purposes, such as determining what
     functions are available on the host system.

     Currently a warning is given unless an explicit `--build' is used
     when cross-compiling, because it may not be possible to correctly
     guess the build system type if the `PATH' has only a
     cross-compiling `cc'.

     Note that the `--target' option is not appropriate for GMP.  It's
     for use when building compiler tools, with `--host' being where
     they will run, and `--target' what they'll produce code for.
     Ordinary programs or libraries like GMP are only interested in the
     `--host' part, being where they'll run.  (Some past versions of
     GMP used `--target' incorrectly.)

CPU types
     In general, if you want a library that runs as fast as possible,
     you should configure GMP for the exact CPU type your system uses.
     However, this may mean the binaries won't run on older members of
     the family, and might run slower on other members, older or newer.
     The best idea is always to build GMP for the exact machine type
     you intend to run it on.

     The following CPUs have specific support.  See `configure.in' for
     details of what code and compiler options they select.

        * Alpha: alpha, alphaev5, alphaev56, alphapca56, alphapca57,
          alphaev6, alphaev67, alphaev68

        * Cray: c90, j90, t90, sv1

        * HPPA: hppa1.0, hppa1.1, hppa2.0, hppa2.0n, hppa2.0w

        * MIPS: mips, mips3, mips64

        * Motorola: m68k, m68000, m68010, m68020, m68030, m68040,
          m68060, m68302, m68360, m88k, m88110

        * POWER: power, power1, power2, power2sc

        * PowerPC: powerpc, powerpc64, powerpc401, powerpc403,
          powerpc405, powerpc505, powerpc601, powerpc602, powerpc603,
          powerpc603e, powerpc604, powerpc604e, powerpc620, powerpc630,
          powerpc740, powerpc7400, powerpc7450, powerpc750, powerpc801,
          powerpc821, powerpc823, powerpc860,

        * SPARC: sparc, sparcv8, microsparc, supersparc, sparcv9,
          ultrasparc, ultrasparc2, ultrasparc2i, ultrasparc3, sparc64

        * 80x86 family: i386, i486, i586, pentium, pentiummmx,
          pentiumpro, pentium2, pentium3, pentium4, k6, k62, k63, athlon

        * Other: a29k, arm, clipper, i960, ns32k, pyramid, sh, sh2, vax,
          z8k

     CPUs not listed will use generic C code.

Generic C Build
     If some of the assembly code causes problems, or if otherwise
     desired, the generic C code can be selected with CPU `none'.  For
     example,

          ./configure --host=none-unknown-freebsd3.5

     Note that this will run quite slowly, but it should be portable
     and should at least make it possible to get something running if
     all else fails.

`ABI'
     On some systems GMP supports multiple ABIs (application binary
     interfaces), meaning data type sizes and calling conventions.  By
     default GMP chooses the best ABI available, but a particular ABI
     can be selected.  For example

          ./configure --host=mips64-sgi-irix6 ABI=n32

     See *Note ABI and ISA::, for the available choices on relevant
     CPUs, and what applications need to do.

`CC', `CFLAGS'
     By default the C compiler used is chosen from among some likely
     candidates, with `gcc' normally preferred if it's present.  The
     usual `CC=whatever' can be passed to `./configure' to choose
     something different.

     For some systems, default compiler flags are set based on the CPU
     and compiler.  The usual `CFLAGS="-whatever"' can be passed to
     `./configure' to use something different or to set good flags for
     systems GMP doesn't otherwise know.

     The `CC' and `CFLAGS' used are printed during `./configure', and
     can be found in each generated `Makefile'.  This is the easiest way
     to check the defaults when considering changing or adding
     something.

     Note that when `CC' and `CFLAGS' are specified on a system
     supporting multiple ABIs it's important to give an explicit
     `ABI=whatever', since GMP can't determine the ABI just from the
     flags and won't be able to select the correct assembler code.

     If just `CC' is selected then normal default `CFLAGS' for that
     compiler will be used (if GMP recognises it).  For example
     `CC=gcc' can be used to force the use of GCC, with default flags
     (and default ABI).

`CPPFLAGS'
     Any flags like `-D' defines or `-I' includes required by the
     preprocessor should be set in `CPPFLAGS' rather than `CFLAGS'.
     Compiling is done with both `CPPFLAGS' and `CFLAGS', but
     preprocessing uses just `CPPFLAGS'.  This distinction is because
     most preprocessors won't accept all the flags the compiler does.
     Preprocessing is done separately in some configure tests, and in
     the `ansi2knr' support for K&R compilers.

C++ Support, `--enable-cxx'
     C++ support in GMP can be enabled with `--enable-cxx', in which
     case a C++ compiler will be required.  As a convenience
     `--enable-cxx=detect' can be used to enable C++ support only if a
     compiler can be found.  The C++ support consists of a library
     `libgmpxx.la' and header file `gmpxx.h'.

     A separate `libgmpxx.la' has been adopted rather than having C++
     objects within `libgmp.la' in order to ensure dynamic linked C
     programs aren't bloated by a dependency on the C++ standard
     library, and to avoid any chance that the C++ compiler could be
     required when linking plain C programs.

     `libgmpxx.la' will use certain internals from `libgmp.la' and can
     only be expected to work with `libgmp.la' from the same GMP
     version.  Future changes to the relevant internals will be
     accompanied by renaming, so a mismatch will cause unresolved
     symbols rather than perhaps mysterious misbehaviour.

     In general `libgmpxx.la' will be usable only with the C++ compiler
     that built it, since name mangling and runtime support are usually
     incompatible between different compilers.

`CXX', `CXXFLAGS'
     When C++ support is enabled, the C++ compiler and its flags can be
     set with variables `CXX' and `CXXFLAGS' in the usual way.  The
     default for `CXX' is the first compiler that works from a list of
     likely candidates, with `g++' normally preferred when available.
     The default for `CXXFLAGS' is to try `CFLAGS', `CFLAGS' without
     `-g', then for `g++' either `-g -O2' or `-O2', or for other
     compilers `-g' or nothing.  Trying `CFLAGS' this way is convenient
     when using `gcc' and `g++' together, since the flags for `gcc' will
     usually suit `g++'.

     It's important that the C and C++ compilers match, meaning their
     startup and runtime support routines are compatible and that they
     generate code in the same ABI (if there's a choice of ABIs on the
     system).  `./configure' isn't currently able to check these things
     very well itself, so for that reason `--disable-cxx' is the
     default, to avoid a build failure due to a compiler mismatch.
     Perhaps this will change in the future.

     Incidentally, it's normally not good enough to set `CXX' to the
     same as `CC'.  Although `gcc' for instance recognises `foo.cc' as
     C++ code, only `g++' will invoke the linker the right way when
     building an executable or shared library from object files.

Temporary Memory, `--enable-alloca=<choice>'
     GMP allocates temporary workspace using one of the following three
     methods, which can be selected with for instance
     `--enable-alloca=malloc-reentrant'.

        * `alloca' - C library or compiler builtin.

        * `malloc-reentrant' - the heap, in a re-entrant fashion.

        * `malloc-notreentrant' - the heap, with global variables.

     For convenience, the following choices are also available.
     `--disable-alloca' is the same as `--enable-alloca=no'.

        * `yes' - a synonym for `alloca'.

        * `no' - a synonym for `malloc-reentrant'.

        * `reentrant' - `alloca' if available, otherwise
          `malloc-reentrant'.  This is the default.

        * `notreentrant' - `alloca' if available, otherwise
          `malloc-notreentrant'.

     `alloca' is reentrant and fast, and is recommended, but when
     working with large numbers it can overflow the available stack
     space, in which case one of the two malloc methods will need to be
     used.  Alternately it might be possible to increase available
     stack with `limit', `ulimit' or `setrlimit', or under DJGPP with
     `stubedit' or `_stklen'.  Note that depending on the system the
     only indication of stack overflow might be a segmentation
     violation.

     `malloc-reentrant' is, as the name suggests, reentrant and thread
     safe, but `malloc-notreentrant' is faster and should be used if
     reentrancy is not required.

     The two malloc methods in fact use the memory allocation functions
     selected by `mp_set_memory_functions', these being `malloc' and
     friends by default.  *Note Custom Allocation::.

     An additional choice `--enable-alloca=debug' is available, to help
     when debugging memory related problems (*note Debugging::).

FFT Multiplication, `--disable-fft'
     By default multiplications are done using Karatsuba, 3-way
     Toom-Cook, and Fermat FFT.  The FFT is only used on large to very
     large operands and can be disabled to save code size if desired.

Berkeley MP, `--enable-mpbsd'
     The Berkeley MP compatibility library (`libmp') and header file
     (`mp.h') are built and installed only if `--enable-mpbsd' is used.
     *Note BSD Compatible Functions::.

MPFR, `--enable-mpfr'
     The optional MPFR functions are built and installed only if
     `--enable-mpfr' is used.  These are in a separate library
     `libmpfr.a' and are documented separately too (*note Introduction
     to MPFR: (mpfr)Introduction to MPFR.).

Assertion Checking, `--enable-assert'
     This option enables some consistency checking within the library.
     This can be of use while debugging, *note Debugging::.

Execution Profiling, `--enable-profiling=prof/gprof'
     Profiling support can be enabled either for `prof' or `gprof'.
     This adds `-p' or `-pg' respectively to `CFLAGS', and for some
     systems adds corresponding `mcount' calls to the assembler code.
     *Note Profiling::.

`MPN_PATH'
     Various assembler versions of each mpn subroutines are provided.
     For a given CPU, a search is made though a path to choose a
     version of each.  For example `sparcv8' has

          MPN_PATH="sparc32/v8 sparc32 generic"

     which means look first for v8 code, then plain sparc32 (which is
     v7), and finally fall back on generic C.  Knowledgeable users with
     special requirements can specify a different path.  Normally this
     is completely unnecessary.

Documentation
     The document you're now reading is `gmp.texi'.  The usual automake
     targets are available to make PostScript `gmp.ps' and/or DVI
     `gmp.dvi'.

     HTML can be produced with `makeinfo --html', see *Note Generating
     HTML: (texinfo)makeinfo html.  Or alternately `texi2html', see
     *Note Texinfo to HTML: (texi2html)Top.

     PDF can be produced with `texi2dvi --pdf' (*note PDF: (texinfo)PDF
     Output.) or with `pdftex'.

     Some supplementary notes can be found in the `doc' subdirectory.


File: gmp.info,  Node: ABI and ISA,  Next: Notes for Package Builds,  Prev: Build Options,  Up: Installing GMP

ABI and ISA
===========

   ABI (Application Binary Interface) refers to the calling conventions
between functions, meaning what registers are used and what sizes the
various C data types are.  ISA (Instruction Set Architecture) refers to
the instructions and registers a CPU has available.

   Some 64-bit ISA CPUs have both a 64-bit ABI and a 32-bit ABI
defined, the latter for compatibility with older CPUs in the family.
GMP supports some CPUs like this in both ABIs.  In fact within GMP
`ABI' means a combination of chip ABI, plus how GMP chooses to use it.
For example in some 32-bit ABIs, GMP may support a limb as either a
32-bit `long' or a 64-bit `long long'.

   By default GMP chooses the best ABI available for a given system,
and this generally gives significantly greater speed.  But an ABI can
be chosen explicitly to make GMP compatible with other libraries, or
particular application requirements.  For example,

     ./configure ABI=32

   In all cases it's vital that all object code used in a given program
is compiled for the same ABI.

   Usually a limb is implemented as a `long'.  When a `long long' limb
is used this is encoded in the generated `gmp.h'.  This is convenient
for applications, but it does mean that `gmp.h' will vary, and can't be
just copied around.  `gmp.h' remains compiler independent though, since
all compilers for a particular ABI will be expected to use the same
limb type.

   Currently no attempt is made to follow whatever conventions a system
has for installing library or header files built for a particular ABI.
This will probably only matter when installing multiple builds of GMP,
and it might be as simple as configuring with a special `libdir', or it
might require more than that.  Note that builds for different ABIs need
to done separately, with a fresh `./configure' and `make' each.


HPPA 2.0 (`hppa2.0*')

    `ABI=2.0w'
          The 2.0w ABI uses 64-bit limbs and pointers and is available
          on HP-UX 11 or up when using `cc'.  `gcc' support for this is
          in progress.  Applications must be compiled with

               cc  +DD64

    `ABI=2.0n'
          The 2.0n ABI means the 32-bit HPPA 1.0 ABI but with a 64-bit
          limb using `long long'.  This is available on HP-UX 10 or up
          when using `cc'.  No `gcc' support is planned for this.
          Applications must be compiled with

               cc  +DA2.0 +e

    `ABI=1.0'
          HPPA 2.0 CPUs can run all HPPA 1.0 and 1.1 code in the 32-bit
          HPPA 1.0 ABI.  No special compiler options are needed for
          applications.

     All three ABIs are available for CPUs `hppa2.0w' and `hppa2.0', but
     for CPU `hppa2.0n' only 2.0n or 1.0 are allowed.


MIPS under IRIX 6 (`mips*-*-irix[6789]')
     IRIX 6 supports the n32 and 64 ABIs and always has a 64-bit MIPS 3
     or better CPU.  In both these ABIs GMP uses a 64-bit limb.  A new
     enough `gcc' is required (2.95 for instance).

    `ABI=n32'
          The n32 ABI is 32-bit pointers and integers, but with a
          64-bit limb using a `long long'.  Applications must be
          compiled with

               gcc  -mabi=n32
               cc   -n32

    `ABI=64'
          The 64-bit ABI is 64-bit pointers and integers.  Applications
          must be compiled with

               gcc  -mabi=64
               cc   -64

     Note that MIPS GNU/Linux, as of kernel version 2.2, doesn't have
     the necessary support for n32 or 64 and so only gets a 32-bit limb
     and the MIPS 2 code.


PowerPC 64 (`powerpc64', `powerpc620', `powerpc630')

    `ABI=aix64'
          The AIX 64 ABI uses 64-bit limbs and pointers and is
          available on systems `*-*-aix*'.  Applications must be
          compiled (and linked) with

               gcc  -maix64
               xlc  -q64

    `ABI=32'
          This is the basic 32-bit PowerPC ABI.  No special compiler
          options are needed for applications.


Sparc V9 (`sparcv9' and `ultrasparc*')

    `ABI=64'
          The 64-bit V9 ABI is available on Solaris 2.7 and up and
          GNU/Linux.  GCC 2.95 or up, or Sun `cc' is required.
          Applications must be compiled with

               gcc  -m64 -mptr64 -Wa,-xarch=v9 -mcpu=v9
               cc   -xarch=v9

    `ABI=32'
          On Solaris 2.6 and earlier, and on Solaris 2.7 with the
          kernel in 32-bit mode, only the plain V8 32-bit ABI can be
          used, since the kernel doesn't save all registers.  GMP still
          uses as much of the V9 ISA as it can in these circumstances.
          No special compiler options are required for applications,
          though using something like the following requesting V9 code
          within the V8 ABI is recommended.

               gcc  -mv8plus
               cc   -xarch=v8plus

          `gcc' 2.8 and earlier only supports `-mv8' though.

     Don't be confused by the names of these sparc `-m' and `-x'
     options, they're called `arch' but they effectively control the
     ABI.

     On Solaris 2.7 with the kernel in 32-bit-mode, a normal native
     build will reject `ABI=64' because the resulting executables won't
     run.  `ABI=64' can still be built if desired by making it look
     like a cross-compile, for example

          ./configure --build=none --host=sparcv9-sun-solaris2.7 ABI=64


File: gmp.info,  Node: Notes for Package Builds,  Next: Notes for Particular Systems,  Prev: ABI and ISA,  Up: Installing GMP

Notes for Package Builds
========================

   GMP should present no great difficulties for packaging in a binary
distribution.

   Libtool is used to build the library and `-version-info' is set
appropriately, having started from `3:0:0' in GMP 3.0.  The GMP 4 series
will be upwardly binary compatible in each release and will be upwardly
binary compatible with all of the GMP 3 series.  Additional function
interfaces may be added in each release, so on systems where libtool
versioning is not fully checked by the loader an auxiliary mechanism
may be needed to express that a dynamic linked application depends on a
new enough GMP.

   An auxiliary mechanism may also be needed to express that
`libgmpxx.la' (from `--enable-cxx', *note Build Options::) requires
`libgmp.la' from the same GMP version, since this is not done by the
libtool versioning, nor otherwise.  A mismatch will result in
unresolved symbols from the linker, or perhaps the loader.

   Using `DESTDIR' or a `prefix' override with `make install' and a
shared `libgmpxx' may run into a libtool relinking problem, see *Note
Known Build Problems::.

   When building a package for a CPU family, care should be taken to use
`--host' (or `--build') to choose the least common denominator among
the CPUs which might use the package.  For example this might
necessitate `i386' for x86s, or plain `sparc' (meaning V7) for SPARCs.

   Users who care about speed will want GMP built for their exact CPU
type, to make use of the available optimizations.  Providing a way to
suitably rebuild a package may be useful.  This could be as simple as
making it possible for a user to omit `--build' (and `--host') so
`./config.guess' will detect the CPU.  But a way to manually specify a
`--build' will be wanted for systems where `./config.guess' is inexact.

   Note that `gmp.h' is a generated file, and will be architecture and
ABI dependent.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Notes for Particular Systems,  Next: Known Build Problems,  Prev: Notes for Package Builds,  Up: Installing GMP

Notes for Particular Systems
============================

AIX 3 and 4
     On systems `*-*-aix[34]*' shared libraries are disabled by
     default, since some versions of the native `ar' fail on the
     convenience libraries used.  A shared build can be attempted with

          ./configure --enable-shared --disable-static

     Note that the `--disable-static' is necessary because in a shared
     build libtool makes `libgmp.a' a symlink to `libgmp.so',
     apparently for the benefit of old versions of `ld' which only
     recognise `.a', but unfortunately this is done even if a fully
     functional `ld' is available.

ARM
     On systems `arm*-*-*', versions of GCC up to and including 2.95.3
     have a bug in unsigned division, giving wrong results for some
     operands.  GMP `./configure' will demand GCC 2.95.4 or later.

Compaq C++
     Compaq C++ on OSF 5.1 has two flavours of `iostream', a standard
     one and an old pre-standard one (see `man iostream_intro').  GMP
     can only use the standard one, which unfortunately is not the
     default but must be selected by defining `__USE_STD_IOSTREAM'.
     Configure with for instance

          ./configure --enable-cxx CPPFLAGS=-D__USE_STD_IOSTREAM

Microsoft Windows
     On systems `*-*-cygwin*', `*-*-mingw*' and `*-*-pw32*' by default
     GMP builds only a static library, but a DLL can be built instead
     using

          ./configure --disable-static --enable-shared

     Static and DLL libraries can't both be built, since certain export
     directives in `gmp.h' must be different.  `--enable-cxx' cannot be
     used when building a DLL, since libtool doesn't currently support
     C++ DLLs.  This might change in the future.

Microsoft C
     A MINGW DLL build of GMP can be used with Microsoft C.  Libtool
     doesn't install `.lib' and `.exp' files, but they can be created
     with the following commands, where `/my/inst/dir' is the install
     directory (with a `lib' subdirectory).

          lib /machine:IX86 /def:_libs/libgmp-3.dll-def
          cp libgmp-3.lib /my/inst/dir/lib
          cp _libs/libgmp-3.dll-exp /my/inst/dir/lib/libgmp-3.exp

     MINGW uses `msvcrt.dll' for I/O, so applications wanting to use
     the GMP I/O routines must be compiled with `cl /MD' to do the
     same.  If one of the other I/O choices provided by MS C is desired
     then the suggestion is to use the GMP string functions and confine
     I/O to the application.

Motorola 68k CPU Types
     `m68k' is taken to mean 68000.  `m68020' or higher will give a
     performance boost on applicable CPUs.  `m68360' can be used for
     CPU32 series chips.  `m68302' can be used for "Dragonball" series
     chips, though this is merely a synonym for `m68000'.

OpenBSD 2.6
     `m4' in this release of OpenBSD has a bug in `eval' that makes it
     unsuitable for `.asm' file processing.  `./configure' will detect
     the problem and either abort or choose another m4 in the `PATH'.
     The bug is fixed in OpenBSD 2.7, so either upgrade or use GNU m4.

Power CPU Types
     In GMP, CPU types `power*' and `powerpc*' will each use
     instructions not available on the other, so it's important to
     choose the right one for the CPU that will be used.  Currently GMP
     has no assembler code support for using just the common
     instruction subset.  To get executables that run on both, the
     current suggestion is to use the generic C code (CPU `none'),
     possibly with appropriate compiler options (like `-mcpu=common' for
     `gcc').  CPU `rs6000' (which is not a CPU but a family of
     workstations) is accepted by `config.sub', but is currently
     equivalent to `none'.

Sparc CPU Types
     `sparcv8' or `supersparc' on relevant systems will give a
     significant performance increase over the V7 code.

Sparc App Regs
     The GMP assembler code for both 32-bit and 64-bit Sparc clobbers
     the "application registers" `g2', `g3' and `g4', the same way that
     the GCC default `-mapp-regs' does (*note SPARC Options: (gcc)SPARC
     Options.).

     This makes that code unsuitable for use with the special V9
     `-mcmodel=embmedany' (which uses `g4' as a data segment pointer),
     and for applications wanting to use those registers for special
     purposes.  In these cases the only suggestion currently is to
     build GMP with CPU `none' to avoid the assembler code.

SunOS 4
     `/usr/bin/m4' lacks various features needed to process `.asm'
     files, and instead `./configure' will automatically use
     `/usr/5bin/m4', which we believe is always available (if not then
     use GNU m4).

x86 CPU Types
     `i386' selects generic code which will run reasonably well on all
     x86 chips.

     `i586', `pentium' or `pentiummmx' code is good for the intended P5
     Pentium chips, but quite slow when run on Intel P6 class chips
     (PPro, P-II, P-III).  `i386' is a better choice when making
     binaries that must run on both.

     `pentium4' and an SSE2 capable assembler are important for best
     results on Pentium 4.  The specific code is for instance roughly a
     2x to 3x speedup over the generic `i386' code.

x86 MMX and SSE2 Code
     If the CPU selected has MMX code but the assembler doesn't support
     it, a warning is given and non-MMX code is used instead.  This
     will be an inferior build, since the MMX code that's present is
     there because it's faster than the corresponding plain integer
     code.  The same applies to SSE2.

     Old versions of `gas' don't support MMX instructions, in particular
     version 1.92.3 that comes with FreeBSD 2.2.8 doesn't (and
     unfortunately there's no newer assembler for that system).

     Solaris 2.6 and 2.7 `as' generate incorrect object code for
     register to register `movq' instructions, and so can't be used for
     MMX code.  Install a recent `gas' if MMX code is wanted on these
     systems.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Known Build Problems,  Prev: Notes for Particular Systems,  Up: Installing GMP

Known Build Problems
====================

   You might find more up-to-date information at `http://swox.com/gmp/'.

Compiler link options
     The version of libtool currently in use rather aggressively strips
     compiler options when linking a shared library.  This will
     hopefully be relaxed in the future, but for now if this is a
     problem the suggestion is to create a little script to hide them,
     and for instance configure with

          ./configure CC=gcc-with-my-options

DJGPP
     The DJGPP port of `bash' 2.03 is unable to run the `configure'
     script, it exits silently, having died writing a preamble to
     `config.log'.  Use `bash' 2.04 or higher.

     `make all' was found to run out of memory during the final
     `libgmp.la' link on one system tested, despite having 64Mb
     available.  A separate `make libgmp.la' helped, perhaps recursing
     into the various subdirectories uses up memory.

`DESTDIR' and shared `libgmpxx'
     `make install DESTDIR=/my/staging/area', or the same with a
     `prefix' override, to install to a temporary directory is not
     fully supported by current versions of libtool when building a
     shared version of a library which depends on another being built
     at the same time, like `libgmpxx' and `libgmp'.

     The problem is that `libgmpxx' is relinked at the install stage to
     ensure that if the system puts a hard-coded path to `libgmp' within
     `libgmpxx' then that path will be correct.  Naturally the linker is
     directed to look only at the final location, not the staging area,
     so if `libgmp' is not already in that final location then the link
     will fail.

     A workaround for this on SVR4 style systems, such as GNU/Linux,
     where paths are not hard-coded, is to include the staging area in
     the linker's search using `LD_LIBRARY_PATH'.  For example with
     `--prefix=/usr' but installing under `/my/staging/area',

          LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/my/staging/area/usr/lib \
            make install DESTDIR=/my/staging/area

GNU binutils `strip' prior to 2.12
     `strip' from GNU binutils 2.11 and earlier should not be used on
     the static libraries `libgmp.a' and `libmp.a' since it will
     discard all but the last of multiple archive members with the same
     name, like the three versions of `init.o' in `libgmp.a'.  Binutils
     2.12 or higher can be used successfully.

     The shared libraries `libgmp.so' and `libmp.so' are not affected by
     this and any version of `strip' can be used on them.

`make' syntax error
     On certain versions of SCO OpenServer 5 and IRIX 6.5 the native
     `make' is unable to handle the long dependencies list for
     `libgmp.la'.  The symptom is a "syntax error" on the following
     line of the top-level `Makefile'.

          libgmp.la: $(libgmp_la_OBJECTS) $(libgmp_la_DEPENDENCIES)

     Either use GNU Make, or as a workaround remove
     `$(libgmp_la_DEPENDENCIES)' from that line (which will make the
     initial build work, but if any recompiling is done `libgmp.la'
     might not be rebuilt).

MacOS X and GCC
     Libtool currently only knows how to create shared libraries on
     MacOS X using the native `cc' (which is a modified GCC), not a
     plain GCC.  A static-only build should work though
     (`--disable-shared').

     Also, libtool currently cannot build C++ shared libraries on MacOS
     X, so if `--enable-cxx' is desired then `--disable-shared' must be
     used.  Hopefully this will be fixed in the future.

NeXT prior to 3.3
     The system compiler on old versions of NeXT was a massacred and
     old GCC, even if it called itself `cc'.  This compiler cannot be
     used to build GMP, you need to get a real GCC, and install that.
     (NeXT may have fixed this in release 3.3 of their system.)

POWER and PowerPC
     Bugs in GCC 2.7.2 (and 2.6.3) mean it can't be used to compile GMP
     on POWER or PowerPC.  If you want to use GCC for these machines,
     get GCC 2.7.2.1 (or later).

Sequent Symmetry
     Use the GNU assembler instead of the system assembler, since the
     latter has serious bugs.

Solaris 2.6
     The system `sed' prints an error "Output line too long" when
     libtool builds `libgmp.la'.  This doesn't seem to cause any
     obvious ill effects, but GNU `sed' is recommended, to avoid any
     doubt.

Sparc Solaris 2.7 with gcc 2.95.2 in ABI=32
     A shared library build of GMP seems to fail in this combination,
     it builds but then fails the tests, apparently due to some
     incorrect data relocations within `gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size'.
     The exact cause is unknown, `--disable-shared' is recommended.

Windows DLL test programs
     When creating a DLL version of `libgmp', libtool creates wrapper
     scripts like `t-mul' for programs that would normally be
     `t-mul.exe', in order to setup the right library paths etc.  This
     works fine, but the absence of `t-mul.exe' etc causes `make' to
     think they need recompiling every time, which is an annoyance when
     re-running a `make check'.


File: gmp.info,  Node: GMP Basics,  Next: Reporting Bugs,  Prev: Installing GMP,  Up: Top

GMP Basics
**********

   *Using functions, macros, data types, etc. not documented in this
manual is strongly discouraged.  If you do so your application is
guaranteed to be incompatible with future versions of GMP.*

* Menu:

* Headers and Libraries::
* Nomenclature and Types::
* Function Classes::
* Variable Conventions::
* Parameter Conventions::
* Memory Management::
* Reentrancy::
* Useful Macros and Constants::
* Compatibility with older versions::
* Demonstration Programs::
* Efficiency::
* Debugging::
* Profiling::
* Autoconf::
* Emacs::


File: gmp.info,  Node: Headers and Libraries,  Next: Nomenclature and Types,  Prev: GMP Basics,  Up: GMP Basics

Headers and Libraries
=====================

   All declarations needed to use GMP are collected in the include file
`gmp.h'.  It is designed to work with both C and C++ compilers.

     #include <gmp.h>

   Note however that prototypes for GMP functions with `FILE *'
parameters are only provided if `<stdio.h>' is included too.

     #include <stdio.h>
     #include <gmp.h>

   Likewise `<stdarg.h>' (or `<varargs.h>') is required for prototypes
with `va_list' parameters, such as `gmp_vprintf'.  And `<obstack.h>'
for prototypes with `struct obstack' parameters, such as
`gmp_obstack_printf', when available.

   All programs using GMP must link against the `libgmp' library.  On a
typical Unix-like system this can be done with `-lgmp', for example

     gcc myprogram.c -lgmp

   GMP C++ functions are in a separate `libgmpxx' library.  This is
built and installed if C++ support has been enabled (*note Build
Options::).  For example,

     g++ mycxxprog.cc -lgmpxx -lgmp

   GMP is built using Libtool and an application can use that to link
if desired, *note Shared library support for GNU: (libtool)Top.

   If GMP has been installed to a non-standard location then it may be
necessary to use `-I' and `-L' compiler options to point to the right
directories, and some sort of run-time path for a shared library.
Consult your compiler documentation, for instance *Note Introduction:
(gcc)Top.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Nomenclature and Types,  Next: Function Classes,  Prev: Headers and Libraries,  Up: GMP Basics

Nomenclature and Types
======================

In this manual, "integer" usually means a multiple precision integer, as
defined by the GMP library.  The C data type for such integers is
`mpz_t'.  Here are some examples of how to declare such integers:

     mpz_t sum;
     
     struct foo { mpz_t x, y; };
     
     mpz_t vec[20];

"Rational number" means a multiple precision fraction.  The C data type
for these fractions is `mpq_t'.  For example:

     mpq_t quotient;

"Floating point number" or "Float" for short, is an arbitrary precision
mantissa with a limited precision exponent.  The C data type for such
objects is `mpf_t'.

A "limb" means the part of a multi-precision number that fits in a
single machine word.  (We chose this word because a limb of the human
body is analogous to a digit, only larger, and containing several
digits.)  Normally a limb is 32 or 64 bits.  The C data type for a limb
is `mp_limb_t'.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Function Classes,  Next: Variable Conventions,  Prev: Nomenclature and Types,  Up: GMP Basics

Function Classes
================

   There are six classes of functions in the GMP library:

  1. Functions for signed integer arithmetic, with names beginning with
     `mpz_'.  The associated type is `mpz_t'.  There are about 150
     functions in this class.

  2. Functions for rational number arithmetic, with names beginning with
     `mpq_'.  The associated type is `mpq_t'.  There are about 40
     functions in this class, but the integer functions can be used for
     arithmetic on the numerator and denominator separately.

  3. Functions for floating-point arithmetic, with names beginning with
     `mpf_'.  The associated type is `mpf_t'.  There are about 60
     functions is this class.

  4. Functions compatible with Berkeley MP, such as `itom', `madd', and
     `mult'.  The associated type is `MINT'.

  5. Fast low-level functions that operate on natural numbers.  These
     are used by the functions in the preceding groups, and you can
     also call them directly from very time-critical user programs.
     These functions' names begin with `mpn_'.  The associated type is
     array of `mp_limb_t'.  There are about 30 (hard-to-use) functions
     in this class.

  6. Miscellaneous functions.  Functions for setting up custom
     allocation and functions for generating random numbers.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Variable Conventions,  Next: Parameter Conventions,  Prev: Function Classes,  Up: GMP Basics

Variable Conventions
====================

   GMP functions generally have output arguments before input
arguments.  This notation is by analogy with the assignment operator.
The BSD MP compatibility functions are exceptions, having the output
arguments last.

   GMP lets you use the same variable for both input and output in one
call.  For example, the main function for integer multiplication,
`mpz_mul', can be used to square `x' and put the result back in `x' with

     mpz_mul (x, x, x);

   Before you can assign to a GMP variable, you need to initialize it
by calling one of the special initialization functions.  When you're
done with a variable, you need to clear it out, using one of the
functions for that purpose.  Which function to use depends on the type
of variable.  See the chapters on integer functions, rational number
functions, and floating-point functions for details.

   A variable should only be initialized once, or at least cleared
between each initialization.  After a variable has been initialized, it
may be assigned to any number of times.

   For efficiency reasons, avoid excessive initializing and clearing.
In general, initialize near the start of a function and clear near the
end.  For example,

     void
     foo (void)
     {
       mpz_t  n;
       int    i;
       mpz_init (n);
       for (i = 1; i < 100; i++)
         {
           mpz_mul (n, ...);
           mpz_fdiv_q (n, ...);
           ...
         }
       mpz_clear (n);
     }


File: gmp.info,  Node: Parameter Conventions,  Next: Memory Management,  Prev: Variable Conventions,  Up: GMP Basics

Parameter Conventions
=====================

   When a GMP variable is used as a function parameter, it's
effectively a call-by-reference, meaning if the function stores a value
there it will change the original in the caller.  Parameters which are
input-only can be designated `const' to provoke a compiler error or
warning on attempting to modify them.

   When a function is going to return a GMP result, it should designate
a parameter that it sets, like the library functions do.  More than one
value can be returned by having more than one output parameter, again
like the library functions.  A `return' of an `mpz_t' etc doesn't
return the object, only a pointer, and this is almost certainly not
what's wanted.

   Here's an example accepting an `mpz_t' parameter, doing a
calculation, and storing the result to the indicated parameter.

     void
     foo (mpz_t result, const mpz_t param, unsigned long n)
     {
       unsigned long  i;
       mpz_mul_ui (result, param, n);
       for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
         mpz_add_ui (result, result, i*7);
     }
     
     int
     main (void)
     {
       mpz_t  r, n;
       mpz_init (r);
       mpz_init_set_str (n, "123456", 0);
       foo (r, n, 20L);
       gmp_printf ("%Zd\n", r);
       return 0;
     }

   `foo' works even if the mainline passes the same variable for
`param' and `result', just like the library functions.  But sometimes
it's tricky to make that work, and an application might not want to
bother supporting that sort of thing.

   For interest, the GMP types `mpz_t' etc are implemented as
one-element arrays of certain structures.  This is why declaring a
variable creates an object with the fields GMP needs, but then using it
as a parameter passes a pointer to the object.  Note that the actual
fields in each `mpz_t' etc are for internal use only and should not be
accessed directly by code that expects to be compatible with future GMP
releases.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Memory Management,  Next: Reentrancy,  Prev: Parameter Conventions,  Up: GMP Basics

Memory Management
=================

   The GMP types like `mpz_t' are small, containing only a couple of
sizes, and pointers to allocated data.  Once a variable is initialized,
GMP takes care of all space allocation.  Additional space is allocated
whenever a variable doesn't have enough.

   `mpz_t' and `mpq_t' variables never reduce their allocated space.
Normally this is the best policy, since it avoids frequent reallocation.
Applications that need to return memory to the heap at some particular
point can use `mpz_realloc2', or clear variables no longer needed.

   `mpf_t' variables, in the current implementation, use a fixed amount
of space, determined by the chosen precision and allocated at
initialization, so their size doesn't change.

   All memory is allocated using `malloc' and friends by default, but
this can be changed, see *Note Custom Allocation::.  Temporary memory
on the stack is also used (via `alloca'), but this can be changed at
build-time if desired, see *Note Build Options::.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Reentrancy,  Next: Useful Macros and Constants,  Prev: Memory Management,  Up: GMP Basics

Reentrancy
==========

   GMP is reentrant and thread-safe, with some exceptions:

   * If configured with `--enable-alloca=malloc-notreentrant' (or with
     `--enable-alloca=notreentrant' when `alloca' is not available),
     then naturally GMP is not reentrant.

   * `mpf_set_default_prec' and `mpf_init' use a global variable for the
     selected precision.  `mpf_init2' can be used instead.

   * `mpz_random' and the other old random number functions use a global
     random state and are hence not reentrant.  The newer random number
     functions that accept a `gmp_randstate_t' parameter can be used
     instead.

   * `mp_set_memory_functions' uses global variables to store the
     selected memory allocation functions.

   * If the memory allocation functions set by a call to
     `mp_set_memory_functions' (or `malloc' and friends by default) are
     not reentrant, then GMP will not be reentrant either.

   * If the standard I/O functions such as `fwrite' are not reentrant
     then the GMP I/O functions using them will not be reentrant either.

   * It's safe for two threads to read from the same GMP variable
     simultaneously, but it's not safe for one to read while the
     another might be writing, nor for two threads to write
     simultaneously.  It's not safe for two threads to generate a
     random number from the same `gmp_randstate_t' simultaneously,
     since this involves an update of that variable.

   * On SCO systems the default `<ctype.h>' macros use per-file static
     variables and may not be reentrant, depending whether the compiler
     optimizes away fetches from them.  The GMP text-based input
     functions are affected.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Useful Macros and Constants,  Next: Compatibility with older versions,  Prev: Reentrancy,  Up: GMP Basics

Useful Macros and Constants
===========================

 - Global Constant: const int mp_bits_per_limb
     The number of bits per limb.

 - Macro: __GNU_MP_VERSION
 - Macro: __GNU_MP_VERSION_MINOR
 - Macro: __GNU_MP_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL
     The major and minor GMP version, and patch level, respectively, as
     integers.  For GMP i.j, these numbers will be i, j, and 0,
     respectively.  For GMP i.j.k, these numbers will be i, j, and k,
     respectively.

 - Global Constant: const char * const gmp_version
     The GMP version number, as a null-terminated string, in the form
     "i.j" or "i.j.k".  This release is "4.1.2".


File: gmp.info,  Node: Compatibility with older versions,  Next: Demonstration Programs,  Prev: Useful Macros and Constants,  Up: GMP Basics

Compatibility with older versions
=================================

   This version of GMP is upwardly binary compatible with all 4.x and
3.x versions, and upwardly compatible at the source level with all 2.x
versions, with the following exceptions.

   * `mpn_gcd' had its source arguments swapped as of GMP 3.0, for
     consistency with other `mpn' functions.

   * `mpf_get_prec' counted precision slightly differently in GMP 3.0
     and 3.0.1, but in 3.1 reverted to the 2.x style.

   There are a number of compatibility issues between GMP 1 and GMP 2
that of course also apply when porting applications from GMP 1 to GMP
4.  Please see the GMP 2 manual for details.

   The Berkeley MP compatibility library (*note BSD Compatible
Functions::) is source and binary compatible with the standard `libmp'.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Demonstration Programs,  Next: Efficiency,  Prev: Compatibility with older versions,  Up: GMP Basics

Demonstration programs
======================

   The `demos' subdirectory has some sample programs using GMP.  These
aren't built or installed, but there's a `Makefile' with rules for them.
For instance,

     make pexpr
     ./pexpr 68^975+10

The following programs are provided

   * `pexpr' is an expression evaluator, the program used on the GMP
     web page.

   * The `calc' subdirectory has a similar but simpler evaluator using
     `lex' and `yacc'.

   * The `expr' subdirectory is yet another expression evaluator, a
     library designed for ease of use within a C program.  See
     `demos/expr/README' for more information.

   * `factorize' is a Pollard-Rho factorization program.

   * `isprime' is a command-line interface to the `mpz_probab_prime_p'
     function.

   * `primes' counts or lists primes in an interval, using a sieve.

   * `qcn' is an example use of `mpz_kronecker_ui' to estimate quadratic
     class numbers.

   * The `perl' subdirectory is a comprehensive perl interface to GMP.
     See `demos/perl/INSTALL' for more information.  Documentation is
     in POD format in `demos/perl/GMP.pm'.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Efficiency,  Next: Debugging,  Prev: Demonstration Programs,  Up: GMP Basics

Efficiency
==========

Small operands
     On small operands, the time for function call overheads and memory
     allocation can be significant in comparison to actual calculation.
     This is unavoidable in a general purpose variable precision
     library, although GMP attempts to be as efficient as it can on
     both large and small operands.

Static Linking
     On some CPUs, in particular the x86s, the static `libgmp.a' should
     be used for maximum speed, since the PIC code in the shared
     `libgmp.so' will have a small overhead on each function call and
     global data address.  For many programs this will be
     insignificant, but for long calculations there's a gain to be had.

Initializing and clearing
     Avoid excessive initializing and clearing of variables, since this
     can be quite time consuming, especially in comparison to otherwise
     fast operations like addition.

     A language interpreter might want to keep a free list or stack of
     initialized variables ready for use.  It should be possible to
     integrate something like that with a garbage collector too.

Reallocations
     An `mpz_t' or `mpq_t' variable used to hold successively increasing
     values will have its memory repeatedly `realloc'ed, which could be
     quite slow or could fragment memory, depending on the C library.
     If an application can estimate the final size then `mpz_init2' or
     `mpz_realloc2' can be called to allocate the necessary space from
     the beginning (*note Initializing Integers::).

     It doesn't matter if a size set with `mpz_init2' or `mpz_realloc2'
     is too small, since all functions will do a further reallocation
     if necessary.  Badly overestimating memory required will waste
     space though.

`2exp' functions
     It's up to an application to call functions like `mpz_mul_2exp'
     when appropriate.  General purpose functions like `mpz_mul' make
     no attempt to identify powers of two or other special forms,
     because such inputs will usually be very rare and testing every
     time would be wasteful.

`ui' and `si' functions
     The `ui' functions and the small number of `si' functions exist for
     convenience and should be used where applicable.  But if for
     example an `mpz_t' contains a value that fits in an `unsigned
     long' there's no need extract it and call a `ui' function, just
     use the regular `mpz' function.

In-Place Operations
     `mpz_abs', `mpq_abs', `mpf_abs', `mpz_neg', `mpq_neg' and
     `mpf_neg' are fast when used for in-place operations like
     `mpz_abs(x,x)', since in the current implementation only a single
     field of `x' needs changing.  On suitable compilers (GCC for
     instance) this is inlined too.

     `mpz_add_ui', `mpz_sub_ui', `mpf_add_ui' and `mpf_sub_ui' benefit
     from an in-place operation like `mpz_add_ui(x,x,y)', since usually
     only one or two limbs of `x' will need to be changed.  The same
     applies to the full precision `mpz_add' etc if `y' is small.  If
     `y' is big then cache locality may be helped, but that's all.

     `mpz_mul' is currently the opposite, a separate destination is
     slightly better.  A call like `mpz_mul(x,x,y)' will, unless `y' is
     only one limb, make a temporary copy of `x' before forming the
     result.  Normally that copying will only be a tiny fraction of the
     time for the multiply, so this is not a particularly important
     consideration.

     `mpz_set', `mpq_set', `mpq_set_num', `mpf_set', etc, make no
     attempt to recognise a copy of something to itself, so a call like
     `mpz_set(x,x)' will be wasteful.  Naturally that would never be
     written deliberately, but if it might arise from two pointers to
     the same object then a test to avoid it might be desirable.

          if (x != y)
            mpz_set (x, y);

     Note that it's never worth introducing extra `mpz_set' calls just
     to get in-place operations.  If a result should go to a particular
     variable then just direct it there and let GMP take care of data
     movement.

Divisibility Testing (Small Integers)
     `mpz_divisible_ui_p' and `mpz_congruent_ui_p' are the best
     functions for testing whether an `mpz_t' is divisible by an
     individual small integer.  They use an algorithm which is faster
     than `mpz_tdiv_ui', but which gives no useful information about
     the actual remainder, only whether it's zero (or a particular
     value).

     However when testing divisibility by several small integers, it's
     best to take a remainder modulo their product, to save
     multi-precision operations.  For instance to test whether a number
     is divisible by any of 23, 29 or 31 take a remainder modulo
     23*29*31 = 20677 and then test that.

     The division functions like `mpz_tdiv_q_ui' which give a quotient
     as well as a remainder are generally a little slower than the
     remainder-only functions like `mpz_tdiv_ui'.  If the quotient is
     only rarely wanted then it's probably best to just take a
     remainder and then go back and calculate the quotient if and when
     it's wanted (`mpz_divexact_ui' can be used if the remainder is
     zero).

Rational Arithmetic
     The `mpq' functions operate on `mpq_t' values with no common
     factors in the numerator and denominator.  Common factors are
     checked-for and cast out as necessary.  In general, cancelling
     factors every time is the best approach since it minimizes the
     sizes for subsequent operations.

     However, applications that know something about the factorization
     of the values they're working with might be able to avoid some of
     the GCDs used for canonicalization, or swap them for divisions.
     For example when multiplying by a prime it's enough to check for
     factors of it in the denominator instead of doing a full GCD.  Or
     when forming a big product it might be known that very little
     cancellation will be possible, and so canonicalization can be left
     to the end.

     The `mpq_numref' and `mpq_denref' macros give access to the
     numerator and denominator to do things outside the scope of the
     supplied `mpq' functions.  *Note Applying Integer Functions::.

     The canonical form for rationals allows mixed-type `mpq_t' and
     integer additions or subtractions to be done directly with
     multiples of the denominator.  This will be somewhat faster than
     `mpq_add'.  For example,

          /* mpq increment */
          mpz_add (mpq_numref(q), mpq_numref(q), mpq_denref(q));
          
          /* mpq += unsigned long */
          mpz_addmul_ui (mpq_numref(q), mpq_denref(q), 123UL);
          
          /* mpq -= mpz */
          mpz_submul (mpq_numref(q), mpq_denref(q), z);

Number Sequences
     Functions like `mpz_fac_ui', `mpz_fib_ui' and `mpz_bin_uiui' are
     designed for calculating isolated values.  If a range of values is
     wanted it's probably best to call to get a starting point and
     iterate from there.

Text Input/Output
     Hexadecimal or octal are suggested for input or output in text
     form.  Power-of-2 bases like these can be converted much more
     efficiently than other bases, like decimal.  For big numbers
     there's usually nothing of particular interest to be seen in the
     digits, so the base doesn't matter much.

     Maybe we can hope octal will one day become the normal base for
     everyday use, as proposed by King Charles XII of Sweden and later
     reformers.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Debugging,  Next: Profiling,  Prev: Efficiency,  Up: GMP Basics

Debugging
=========

Stack Overflow
     Depending on the system, a segmentation violation or bus error
     might be the only indication of stack overflow.  See
     `--enable-alloca' choices in *Note Build Options::, for how to
     address this.

     In new enough versions of GCC, `-fstack-check' may be able to
     ensure an overflow is recognised by the system before too much
     damage is done, or `-fstack-limit-symbol' or
     `-fstack-limit-register' may be able to add checking if the system
     itself doesn't do any (*note Options for Code Generation:
     (gcc)Code Gen Options.).  These options must be added to the
     `CFLAGS' used in the GMP build (*note Build Options::), adding
     them just to an application will have no effect.  Note also
     they're a slowdown, adding overhead to each function call and each
     stack allocation.

Heap Problems
     The most likely cause of application problems with GMP is heap
     corruption.  Failing to `init' GMP variables will have
     unpredictable effects, and corruption arising elsewhere in a
     program may well affect GMP.  Initializing GMP variables more than
     once or failing to clear them will cause memory leaks.

     In all such cases a malloc debugger is recommended.  On a GNU or
     BSD system the standard C library `malloc' has some diagnostic
     facilities, see *Note Allocation Debugging: (libc)Allocation
     Debugging, or `man 3 malloc'.  Other possibilities, in no
     particular order, include

          `http://www.inf.ethz.ch/personal/biere/projects/ccmalloc'
          `http://quorum.tamu.edu/jon/gnu'  (debauch)
          `http://dmalloc.com'
          `http://www.perens.com/FreeSoftware'  (electric fence)
          `http://packages.debian.org/fda'
          `http://www.gnupdate.org/components/leakbug'
          `http://people.redhat.com/~otaylor/memprof'
          `http://www.cbmamiga.demon.co.uk/mpatrol'

     The GMP default allocation routines in `memory.c' also have a
     simple sentinel scheme which can be enabled with `#define DEBUG'
     in that file.  This is mainly designed for detecting buffer
     overruns during GMP development, but might find other uses.

Stack Backtraces
     On some systems the compiler options GMP uses by default can
     interfere with debugging.  In particular on x86 and 68k systems
     `-fomit-frame-pointer' is used and this generally inhibits stack
     backtracing.  Recompiling without such options may help while
     debugging, though the usual caveats about it potentially moving a
     memory problem or hiding a compiler bug will apply.

GNU Debugger
     A sample `.gdbinit' is included in the distribution, showing how
     to call some undocumented dump functions to print GMP variables
     from within GDB.  Note that these functions shouldn't be used in
     final application code since they're undocumented and may be
     subject to incompatible changes in future versions of GMP.

Source File Paths
     GMP has multiple source files with the same name, in different
     directories.  For example `mpz', `mpq', `mpf' and `mpfr' each have
     an `init.c'.  If the debugger can't already determine the right
     one it may help to build with absolute paths on each C file.  One
     way to do that is to use a separate object directory with an
     absolute path to the source directory.

          cd /my/build/dir
          /my/source/dir/gmp-4.1.2/configure

     This works via `VPATH', and might require GNU `make'.  Alternately
     it might be possible to change the `.c.lo' rules appropriately.

Assertion Checking
     The build option `--enable-assert' is available to add some
     consistency checks to the library (see *Note Build Options::).
     These are likely to be of limited value to most applications.
     Assertion failures are just as likely to indicate memory
     corruption as a library or compiler bug.

     Applications using the low-level `mpn' functions, however, will
     benefit from `--enable-assert' since it adds checks on the
     parameters of most such functions, many of which have subtle
     restrictions on their usage.  Note however that only the generic C
     code has checks, not the assembler code, so CPU `none' should be
     used for maximum checking.

Temporary Memory Checking
     The build option `--enable-alloca=debug' arranges that each block
     of temporary memory in GMP is allocated with a separate call to
     `malloc' (or the allocation function set with
     `mp_set_memory_functions').

     This can help a malloc debugger detect accesses outside the
     intended bounds, or detect memory not released.  In a normal
     build, on the other hand, temporary memory is allocated in blocks
     which GMP divides up for its own use, or may be allocated with a
     compiler builtin `alloca' which will go nowhere near any malloc
     debugger hooks.

Maximum Debuggability
     To summarize the above, a GMP build for maximum debuggability
     would be

          ./configure --disable-shared --enable-assert \
            --enable-alloca=debug --host=none CFLAGS=-g

     For C++, add `--enable-cxx CXXFLAGS=-g'.

Checker
     The checker program (`http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/checker')
     can be used with GMP.  It contains a stub library which means GMP
     applications compiled with checker can use a normal GMP build.

     A build of GMP with checking within GMP itself can be made.  This
     will run very very slowly.  Configure with

          ./configure --host=none-pc-linux-gnu CC=checkergcc

     `--host=none' must be used, since the GMP assembler code doesn't
     support the checking scheme.  The GMP C++ features cannot be used,
     since current versions of checker (0.9.9.1) don't yet support the
     standard C++ library.

Valgrind
     The valgrind program (`http://devel-home.kde.org/~sewardj') is a
     memory checker for x86s.  It translates and emulates machine
     instructions to do strong checks for uninitialized data (at the
     level of individual bits), memory accesses through bad pointers,
     and memory leaks.

     Current versions (20020226 snapshot) don't support MMX or SSE, so
     GMP must be configured for an x86 without those (eg. plain
     `i386'), or with a special `MPN_PATH' that excludes those
     subdirectories (*note Build Options::).

Other Problems
     Any suspected bug in GMP itself should be isolated to make sure
     it's not an application problem, see *Note Reporting Bugs::.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Profiling,  Next: Autoconf,  Prev: Debugging,  Up: GMP Basics

Profiling
=========

   Running a program under a profiler is a good way to find where it's
spending most time and where improvements can be best sought.

   Depending on the system, it may be possible to get a flat profile,
meaning simple timer sampling of the program counter, with no special
GMP build options, just a `-p' when compiling the mainline.  This is a
good way to ensure minimum interference with normal operation.  The
necessary symbol type and size information exists in most of the GMP
assembler code.

   The `--enable-profiling' build option can be used to add suitable
compiler flags, either for `prof' (`-p') or `gprof' (`-pg'), see *Note
Build Options::.  Which of the two is available and what they do will
depend on the system, and possibly on support available in `libc'.  For
some systems appropriate corresponding `mcount' calls are added to the
assembler code too.

   On x86 systems `prof' gives call counting, so that average time spent
in a function can be determined.  `gprof', where supported, adds call
graph construction, so for instance calls to `mpn_add_n' from `mpz_add'
and from `mpz_mul' can be differentiated.

   On x86 and 68k systems `-pg' and `-fomit-frame-pointer' are
incompatible, so the latter is not used when `gprof' profiling is
selected, which may result in poorer code generation.  If `prof'
profiling is selected instead it should still be possible to use
`gprof', but only the `gprof -p' flat profile and call counts can be
expected to be valid, not the `gprof -q' call graph.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Autoconf,  Next: Emacs,  Prev: Profiling,  Up: GMP Basics

Autoconf
========

   Autoconf based applications can easily check whether GMP is
installed.  The only thing to be noted is that GMP library symbols from
version 3 onwards have prefixes like `__gmpz'.  The following therefore
would be a simple test,

     AC_CHECK_LIB(gmp, __gmpz_init)

   This just uses the default `AC_CHECK_LIB' actions for found or not
found, but an application that must have GMP would want to generate an
error if not found.  For example,

     AC_CHECK_LIB(gmp, __gmpz_init, , [AC_MSG_ERROR(
     [GNU MP not found, see http://swox.com/gmp])])

   If functions added in some particular version of GMP are required,
then one of those can be used when checking.  For example `mpz_mul_si'
was added in GMP 3.1,

     AC_CHECK_LIB(gmp, __gmpz_mul_si, , [AC_MSG_ERROR(
     [GNU MP not found, or not 3.1 or up, see http://swox.com/gmp])])

   An alternative would be to test the version number in `gmp.h' using
say `AC_EGREP_CPP'.  That would make it possible to test the exact
version, if some particular sub-minor release is known to be necessary.

   An application that can use either GMP 2 or 3 will need to test for
`__gmpz_init' (GMP 3 and up) or `mpz_init' (GMP 2), and it's also worth
checking for `libgmp2' since Debian GNU/Linux systems used that name in
the past.  For example,

     AC_CHECK_LIB(gmp, __gmpz_init, ,
       [AC_CHECK_LIB(gmp, mpz_init, ,
         [AC_CHECK_LIB(gmp2, mpz_init)])])

   In general it's suggested that applications should simply demand a
new enough GMP rather than trying to provide supplements for features
not available in past versions.

   Occasionally an application will need or want to know the size of a
type at configuration or preprocessing time, not just with `sizeof' in
the code.  This can be done in the normal way with `mp_limb_t' etc, but
GMP 4.0 or up is best for this, since prior versions needed certain
`-D' defines on systems using a `long long' limb.  The following would
suit Autoconf 2.50 or up,

     AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(mp_limb_t, , [#include <gmp.h>])

   The optional `mpfr' functions are provided in a separate
`libmpfr.a', and this might be from GMP with `--enable-mpfr' or from
MPFR installed separately.  Either way `libmpfr' depends on `libgmp',
it doesn't stand alone.  Currently only a static `libmpfr.a' will be
available, not a shared library, since upward binary compatibility is
not guaranteed.

     AC_CHECK_LIB(mpfr, mpfr_add, , [AC_MSG_ERROR(
     [Need MPFR either from GNU MP 4 or separate MPFR package.
     See http://www.mpfr.org or http://swox.com/gmp])


File: gmp.info,  Node: Emacs,  Prev: Autoconf,  Up: GMP Basics

Emacs
=====

   <C-h C-i> (`info-lookup-symbol') is a good way to find documentation
on C functions while editing (*note Info Documentation Lookup:
(emacs)Info Lookup.).

   The GMP manual can be included in such lookups by putting the
following in your `.emacs',

     (eval-after-load "info-look"
       '(let ((mode-value (assoc 'c-mode (assoc 'symbol info-lookup-alist))))
          (setcar (nthcdr 3 mode-value)
                  (cons '("(gmp)Function Index" nil "^ -.* " "\\>")
                        (nth 3 mode-value)))))

   The same can be done for MPFR, with `(mpfr)' in place of `(gmp)'.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Reporting Bugs,  Next: Integer Functions,  Prev: GMP Basics,  Up: Top

Reporting Bugs
**************

   If you think you have found a bug in the GMP library, please
investigate it and report it.  We have made this library available to
you, and it is not too much to ask you to report the bugs you find.

   Before you report a bug, check it's not already addressed in *Note
Known Build Problems::, or perhaps *Note Notes for Particular
Systems::.  You may also want to check `http://swox.com/gmp/' for
patches for this release.

   Please include the following in any report,

   * The GMP version number, and if pre-packaged or patched then say so.

   * A test program that makes it possible for us to reproduce the bug.
     Include instructions on how to run the program.

   * A description of what is wrong.  If the results are incorrect, in
     what way.  If you get a crash, say so.

   * If you get a crash, include a stack backtrace from the debugger if
     it's informative (`where' in `gdb', or `$C' in `adb').

   * Please do not send core dumps, executables or `strace's.

   * The configuration options you used when building GMP, if any.

   * The name of the compiler and its version.  For `gcc', get the
     version with `gcc -v', otherwise perhaps `what `which cc`', or
     similar.

   * The output from running `uname -a'.

   * The output from running `./config.guess', and from running
     `./configfsf.guess' (might be the same).

   * If the bug is related to `configure', then the contents of
     `config.log'.

   * If the bug is related to an `asm' file not assembling, then the
     contents of `config.m4' and the offending line or lines from the
     temporary `mpn/tmp-<file>.s'.

   Please make an effort to produce a self-contained report, with
something definite that can be tested or debugged.  Vague queries or
piecemeal messages are difficult to act on and don't help the
development effort.

   It is not uncommon that an observed problem is actually due to a bug
in the compiler; the GMP code tends to explore interesting corners in
compilers.

   If your bug report is good, we will do our best to help you get a
corrected version of the library; if the bug report is poor, we won't
do anything about it (except maybe ask you to send a better report).

   Send your report to: <bug-gmp@gnu.org>.

   If you think something in this manual is unclear, or downright
incorrect, or if the language needs to be improved, please send a note
to the same address.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Functions,  Next: Rational Number Functions,  Prev: Reporting Bugs,  Up: Top

Integer Functions
*****************

   This chapter describes the GMP functions for performing integer
arithmetic.  These functions start with the prefix `mpz_'.

   GMP integers are stored in objects of type `mpz_t'.

* Menu:

* Initializing Integers::
* Assigning Integers::
* Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign::
* Converting Integers::
* Integer Arithmetic::
* Integer Division::
* Integer Exponentiation::
* Integer Roots::
* Number Theoretic Functions::
* Integer Comparisons::
* Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling::
* I/O of Integers::
* Integer Random Numbers::
* Integer Import and Export::
* Miscellaneous Integer Functions::


File: gmp.info,  Node: Initializing Integers,  Next: Assigning Integers,  Prev: Integer Functions,  Up: Integer Functions

Initialization Functions
========================

   The functions for integer arithmetic assume that all integer objects
are initialized.  You do that by calling the function `mpz_init'.  For
example,

     {
       mpz_t integ;
       mpz_init (integ);
       ...
       mpz_add (integ, ...);
       ...
       mpz_sub (integ, ...);
     
       /* Unless the program is about to exit, do ... */
       mpz_clear (integ);
     }

   As you can see, you can store new values any number of times, once an
object is initialized.

 - Function: void mpz_init (mpz_t INTEGER)
     Initialize INTEGER, and set its value to 0.

 - Function: void mpz_init2 (mpz_t INTEGER, unsigned long N)
     Initialize INTEGER, with space for N bits, and set its value to 0.

     N is only the initial space, INTEGER will grow automatically in
     the normal way, if necessary, for subsequent values stored.
     `mpz_init2' makes it possible to avoid such reallocations if a
     maximum size is known in advance.

 - Function: void mpz_clear (mpz_t INTEGER)
     Free the space occupied by INTEGER.  Call this function for all
     `mpz_t' variables when you are done with them.

 - Function: void mpz_realloc2 (mpz_t INTEGER, unsigned long N)
     Change the space allocated for INTEGER to N bits.  The value in
     INTEGER is preserved if it fits, or is set to 0 if not.

     This function can be used to increase the space for a variable in
     order to avoid repeated automatic reallocations, or to decrease it
     to give memory back to the heap.

 - Function: void mpz_array_init (mpz_t INTEGER_ARRAY[], size_t
          ARRAY_SIZE, mp_size_t FIXED_NUM_BITS)
     This is a special type of initialization.  *Fixed* space of
     FIXED_NUM_BITS bits is allocated to each of the ARRAY_SIZE
     integers in INTEGER_ARRAY.

     The space will not be automatically increased, unlike the normal
     `mpz_init', but instead an application must ensure it's sufficient
     for any value stored.  The following space requirements apply to
     various functions,

        * `mpz_abs', `mpz_neg', `mpz_set', `mpz_set_si' and
          `mpz_set_ui' need room for the value they store.

        * `mpz_add', `mpz_add_ui', `mpz_sub' and `mpz_sub_ui' need room
          for the larger of the two operands, plus an extra
          `mp_bits_per_limb'.

        * `mpz_mul', `mpz_mul_ui' and `mpz_mul_ui' need room for the sum
          of the number of bits in their operands, but each rounded up
          to a multiple of `mp_bits_per_limb'.

        * `mpz_swap' can be used between two array variables, but not
          between an array and a normal variable.

     For other functions, or if in doubt, the suggestion is to
     calculate in a regular `mpz_init' variable and copy the result to
     an array variable with `mpz_set'.

     `mpz_array_init' can reduce memory usage in algorithms that need
     large arrays of integers, since it avoids allocating and
     reallocating lots of small memory blocks.  There is no way to free
     the storage allocated by this function.  Don't call `mpz_clear'!

 - Function: void * _mpz_realloc (mpz_t INTEGER, mp_size_t NEW_ALLOC)
     Change the space for INTEGER to NEW_ALLOC limbs.  The value in
     INTEGER is preserved if it fits, or is set to 0 if not.  The return
     value is not useful to applications and should be ignored.

     `mpz_realloc2' is the preferred way to accomplish allocation
     changes like this.  `mpz_realloc2' and `_mpz_realloc' are the same
     except that `_mpz_realloc' takes the new size in limbs.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Assigning Integers,  Next: Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign,  Prev: Initializing Integers,  Up: Integer Functions

Assignment Functions
====================

   These functions assign new values to already initialized integers
(*note Initializing Integers::).

 - Function: void mpz_set (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
 - Function: void mpz_set_ui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int OP)
 - Function: void mpz_set_si (mpz_t ROP, signed long int OP)
 - Function: void mpz_set_d (mpz_t ROP, double OP)
 - Function: void mpz_set_q (mpz_t ROP, mpq_t OP)
 - Function: void mpz_set_f (mpz_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
     Set the value of ROP from OP.

     `mpz_set_d', `mpz_set_q' and `mpz_set_f' truncate OP to make it an
     integer.

 - Function: int mpz_set_str (mpz_t ROP, char *STR, int BASE)
     Set the value of ROP from STR, a null-terminated C string in base
     BASE.  White space is allowed in the string, and is simply
     ignored.  The base may vary from 2 to 36.  If BASE is 0, the
     actual base is determined from the leading characters: if the
     first two characters are "0x" or "0X", hexadecimal is assumed,
     otherwise if the first character is "0", octal is assumed,
     otherwise decimal is assumed.

     This function returns 0 if the entire string is a valid number in
     base BASE.  Otherwise it returns -1.

     [It turns out that it is not entirely true that this function
     ignores white-space.  It does ignore it between digits, but not
     after a minus sign or within or after "0x".  We are considering
     changing the definition of this function, making it fail when
     there is any white-space in the input, since that makes a lot of
     sense.  Send your opinion of this change to <bug-gmp@gnu.org>.  Do
     you really want it to accept "3 14" as meaning 314 as it does now?]

 - Function: void mpz_swap (mpz_t ROP1, mpz_t ROP2)
     Swap the values ROP1 and ROP2 efficiently.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign,  Next: Converting Integers,  Prev: Assigning Integers,  Up: Integer Functions

Combined Initialization and Assignment Functions
================================================

   For convenience, GMP provides a parallel series of
initialize-and-set functions which initialize the output and then store
the value there.  These functions' names have the form `mpz_init_set...'

   Here is an example of using one:

     {
       mpz_t pie;
       mpz_init_set_str (pie, "3141592653589793238462643383279502884", 10);
       ...
       mpz_sub (pie, ...);
       ...
       mpz_clear (pie);
     }

Once the integer has been initialized by any of the `mpz_init_set...'
functions, it can be used as the source or destination operand for the
ordinary integer functions.  Don't use an initialize-and-set function
on a variable already initialized!

 - Function: void mpz_init_set (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
 - Function: void mpz_init_set_ui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int OP)
 - Function: void mpz_init_set_si (mpz_t ROP, signed long int OP)
 - Function: void mpz_init_set_d (mpz_t ROP, double OP)
     Initialize ROP with limb space and set the initial numeric value
     from OP.

 - Function: int mpz_init_set_str (mpz_t ROP, char *STR, int BASE)
     Initialize ROP and set its value like `mpz_set_str' (see its
     documentation above for details).

     If the string is a correct base BASE number, the function returns
     0; if an error occurs it returns -1.  ROP is initialized even if
     an error occurs.  (I.e., you have to call `mpz_clear' for it.)


File: gmp.info,  Node: Converting Integers,  Next: Integer Arithmetic,  Prev: Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign,  Up: Integer Functions

Conversion Functions
====================

   This section describes functions for converting GMP integers to
standard C types.  Functions for converting _to_ GMP integers are
described in *Note Assigning Integers:: and *Note I/O of Integers::.

 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_get_ui (mpz_t OP)
     Return the value of OP as an `unsigned long'.

     If OP is too big to fit an `unsigned long' then just the least
     significant bits that do fit are returned.  The sign of OP is
     ignored, only the absolute value is used.

 - Function: signed long int mpz_get_si (mpz_t OP)
     If OP fits into a `signed long int' return the value of OP.
     Otherwise return the least significant part of OP, with the same
     sign as OP.

     If OP is too big to fit in a `signed long int', the returned
     result is probably not very useful.  To find out if the value will
     fit, use the function `mpz_fits_slong_p'.

 - Function: double mpz_get_d (mpz_t OP)
     Convert OP to a `double'.

 - Function: double mpz_get_d_2exp (signed long int *EXP, mpz_t OP)
     Find D and EXP such that D times 2 raised to EXP, with
     0.5<=abs(D)<1, is a good approximation to OP.

 - Function: char * mpz_get_str (char *STR, int BASE, mpz_t OP)
     Convert OP to a string of digits in base BASE.  The base may vary
     from 2 to 36.

     If STR is `NULL', the result string is allocated using the current
     allocation function (*note Custom Allocation::).  The block will be
     `strlen(str)+1' bytes, that being exactly enough for the string and
     null-terminator.

     If STR is not `NULL', it should point to a block of storage large
     enough for the result, that being `mpz_sizeinbase (OP, BASE) + 2'.
     The two extra bytes are for a possible minus sign, and the
     null-terminator.

     A pointer to the result string is returned, being either the
     allocated block, or the given STR.

 - Function: mp_limb_t mpz_getlimbn (mpz_t OP, mp_size_t N)
     Return limb number N from OP.  The sign of OP is ignored, just the
     absolute value is used.  The least significant limb is number 0.

     `mpz_size' can be used to find how many limbs make up OP.
     `mpz_getlimbn' returns zero if N is outside the range 0 to
     `mpz_size(OP)-1'.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Arithmetic,  Next: Integer Division,  Prev: Converting Integers,  Up: Integer Functions

Arithmetic Functions
====================

 - Function: void mpz_add (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
 - Function: void mpz_add_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long int
          OP2)
     Set ROP to OP1 + OP2.

 - Function: void mpz_sub (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
 - Function: void mpz_sub_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long int
          OP2)
 - Function: void mpz_ui_sub (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int OP1, mpz_t
          OP2)
     Set ROP to OP1 - OP2.

 - Function: void mpz_mul (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
 - Function: void mpz_mul_si (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, long int OP2)
 - Function: void mpz_mul_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long int
          OP2)
     Set ROP to OP1 times OP2.

 - Function: void mpz_addmul (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
 - Function: void mpz_addmul_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long
          int OP2)
     Set ROP to ROP + OP1 times OP2.

 - Function: void mpz_submul (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
 - Function: void mpz_submul_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long
          int OP2)
     Set ROP to ROP - OP1 times OP2.

 - Function: void mpz_mul_2exp (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long int
          OP2)
     Set ROP to OP1 times 2 raised to OP2.  This operation can also be
     defined as a left shift by OP2 bits.

 - Function: void mpz_neg (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
     Set ROP to -OP.

 - Function: void mpz_abs (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
     Set ROP to the absolute value of OP.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Division,  Next: Integer Exponentiation,  Prev: Integer Arithmetic,  Up: Integer Functions

Division Functions
==================

   Division is undefined if the divisor is zero.  Passing a zero
divisor to the division or modulo functions (including the modular
powering functions `mpz_powm' and `mpz_powm_ui'), will cause an
intentional division by zero.  This lets a program handle arithmetic
exceptions in these functions the same way as for normal C `int'
arithmetic.

 - Function: void mpz_cdiv_q (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
 - Function: void mpz_cdiv_r (mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
 - Function: void mpz_cdiv_qr (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_cdiv_q_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N,
          unsigned long int D)
 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_cdiv_r_ui (mpz_t R, mpz_t N,
          unsigned long int D)
 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_cdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R,
          mpz_t N, unsigned long int D)
 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_cdiv_ui (mpz_t N,
          unsigned long int D)
 - Function: void mpz_cdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N,
          unsigned long int B)
 - Function: void mpz_cdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t R, mpz_t N,
          unsigned long int B)

 - Function: void mpz_fdiv_q (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
 - Function: void mpz_fdiv_r (mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
 - Function: void mpz_fdiv_qr (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_fdiv_q_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N,
          unsigned long int D)
 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_fdiv_r_ui (mpz_t R, mpz_t N,
          unsigned long int D)
 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_fdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R,
          mpz_t N, unsigned long int D)
 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_fdiv_ui (mpz_t N,
          unsigned long int D)
 - Function: void mpz_fdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N,
          unsigned long int B)
 - Function: void mpz_fdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t R, mpz_t N,
          unsigned long int B)

 - Function: void mpz_tdiv_q (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
 - Function: void mpz_tdiv_r (mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
 - Function: void mpz_tdiv_qr (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_tdiv_q_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N,
          unsigned long int D)
 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_tdiv_r_ui (mpz_t R, mpz_t N,
          unsigned long int D)
 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_tdiv_qr_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t R,
          mpz_t N, unsigned long int D)
 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_tdiv_ui (mpz_t N,
          unsigned long int D)
 - Function: void mpz_tdiv_q_2exp (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N,
          unsigned long int B)
 - Function: void mpz_tdiv_r_2exp (mpz_t R, mpz_t N,
          unsigned long int B)

     Divide N by D, forming a quotient Q and/or remainder R.  For the
     `2exp' functions, D=2^B.  The rounding is in three styles, each
     suiting different applications.

        * `cdiv' rounds Q up towards +infinity, and R will have the
          opposite sign to D.  The `c' stands for "ceil".

        * `fdiv' rounds Q down towards -infinity, and R will have the
          same sign as D.  The `f' stands for "floor".

        * `tdiv' rounds Q towards zero, and R will have the same sign
          as N.  The `t' stands for "truncate".

     In all cases Q and R will satisfy N=Q*D+R, and R will satisfy
     0<=abs(R)<abs(D).

     The `q' functions calculate only the quotient, the `r' functions
     only the remainder, and the `qr' functions calculate both.  Note
     that for `qr' the same variable cannot be passed for both Q and R,
     or results will be unpredictable.

     For the `ui' variants the return value is the remainder, and in
     fact returning the remainder is all the `div_ui' functions do.  For
     `tdiv' and `cdiv' the remainder can be negative, so for those the
     return value is the absolute value of the remainder.

     The `2exp' functions are right shifts and bit masks, but of course
     rounding the same as the other functions.  For positive N both
     `mpz_fdiv_q_2exp' and `mpz_tdiv_q_2exp' are simple bitwise right
     shifts.  For negative N, `mpz_fdiv_q_2exp' is effectively an
     arithmetic right shift treating N as twos complement the same as
     the bitwise logical functions do, whereas `mpz_tdiv_q_2exp'
     effectively treats N as sign and magnitude.

 - Function: void mpz_mod (mpz_t R, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_mod_ui (mpz_t R, mpz_t N,
          unsigned long int D)
     Set R to N `mod' D.  The sign of the divisor is ignored; the
     result is always non-negative.

     `mpz_mod_ui' is identical to `mpz_fdiv_r_ui' above, returning the
     remainder as well as setting R.  See `mpz_fdiv_ui' above if only
     the return value is wanted.

 - Function: void mpz_divexact (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
 - Function: void mpz_divexact_ui (mpz_t Q, mpz_t N, unsigned long D)
     Set Q to N/D.  These functions produce correct results only when
     it is known in advance that D divides N.

     These routines are much faster than the other division functions,
     and are the best choice when exact division is known to occur, for
     example reducing a rational to lowest terms.

 - Function: int mpz_divisible_p (mpz_t N, mpz_t D)
 - Function: int mpz_divisible_ui_p (mpz_t N, unsigned long int D)
 - Function: int mpz_divisible_2exp_p (mpz_t N, unsigned long int B)
     Return non-zero if N is exactly divisible by D, or in the case of
     `mpz_divisible_2exp_p' by 2^B.

 - Function: int mpz_congruent_p (mpz_t N, mpz_t C, mpz_t D)
 - Function: int mpz_congruent_ui_p (mpz_t N, unsigned long int C,
          unsigned long int D)
 - Function: int mpz_congruent_2exp_p (mpz_t N, mpz_t C, unsigned long
          int B)
     Return non-zero if N is congruent to C modulo D, or in the case of
     `mpz_congruent_2exp_p' modulo 2^B.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Exponentiation,  Next: Integer Roots,  Prev: Integer Division,  Up: Integer Functions

Exponentiation Functions
========================

 - Function: void mpz_powm (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t BASE, mpz_t EXP, mpz_t MOD)
 - Function: void mpz_powm_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t BASE, unsigned long int
          EXP, mpz_t MOD)
     Set ROP to (BASE raised to EXP) modulo MOD.

     Negative EXP is supported if an inverse BASE^-1 mod MOD exists
     (see `mpz_invert' in *Note Number Theoretic Functions::).  If an
     inverse doesn't exist then a divide by zero is raised.

 - Function: void mpz_pow_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t BASE, unsigned long int
          EXP)
 - Function: void mpz_ui_pow_ui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int BASE,
          unsigned long int EXP)
     Set ROP to BASE raised to EXP.  The case 0^0 yields 1.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Roots,  Next: Number Theoretic Functions,  Prev: Integer Exponentiation,  Up: Integer Functions

Root Extraction Functions
=========================

 - Function: int mpz_root (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP, unsigned long int N)
     Set ROP to  the truncated integer part of the Nth root of OP.
     Return non-zero if the computation was exact, i.e., if OP is ROP
     to the Nth power.

 - Function: void mpz_sqrt (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
     Set ROP to  the truncated integer part of the square root of OP.

 - Function: void mpz_sqrtrem (mpz_t ROP1, mpz_t ROP2, mpz_t OP)
     Set ROP1 to the truncated integer part of the square root of OP,
     like `mpz_sqrt'.  Set ROP2 to the remainder OP-ROP1*ROP1, which
     will be zero if OP is a perfect square.

     If ROP1 and ROP2 are the same variable, the results are undefined.

 - Function: int mpz_perfect_power_p (mpz_t OP)
     Return non-zero if OP is a perfect power, i.e., if there exist
     integers A and B, with B>1, such that OP equals A raised to the
     power B.

     Under this definition both 0 and 1 are considered to be perfect
     powers.  Negative values of OP are accepted, but of course can
     only be odd perfect powers.

 - Function: int mpz_perfect_square_p (mpz_t OP)
     Return non-zero if OP is a perfect square, i.e., if the square
     root of OP is an integer.  Under this definition both 0 and 1 are
     considered to be perfect squares.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Number Theoretic Functions,  Next: Integer Comparisons,  Prev: Integer Roots,  Up: Integer Functions

Number Theoretic Functions
==========================

 - Function: int mpz_probab_prime_p (mpz_t N, int REPS)
     Determine whether N is prime.  Return 2 if N is definitely prime,
     return 1 if N is probably prime (without being certain), or return
     0 if N is definitely composite.

     This function does some trial divisions, then some Miller-Rabin
     probabilistic primality tests.  REPS controls how many such tests
     are done, 5 to 10 is a reasonable number, more will reduce the
     chances of a composite being returned as "probably prime".

     Miller-Rabin and similar tests can be more properly called
     compositeness tests.  Numbers which fail are known to be composite
     but those which pass might be prime or might be composite.  Only a
     few composites pass, hence those which pass are considered
     probably prime.

 - Function: void mpz_nextprime (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
     Set ROP to the next prime greater than OP.

     This function uses a probabilistic algorithm to identify primes.
     For practical purposes it's adequate, the chance of a composite
     passing will be extremely small.

 - Function: void mpz_gcd (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
     Set ROP to the greatest common divisor of OP1 and OP2.  The result
     is always positive even if one or both input operands are negative.

 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_gcd_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1,
          unsigned long int OP2)
     Compute the greatest common divisor of OP1 and OP2.  If ROP is not
     `NULL', store the result there.

     If the result is small enough to fit in an `unsigned long int', it
     is returned.  If the result does not fit, 0 is returned, and the
     result is equal to the argument OP1.  Note that the result will
     always fit if OP2 is non-zero.

 - Function: void mpz_gcdext (mpz_t G, mpz_t S, mpz_t T, mpz_t A, mpz_t
          B)
     Set G to the greatest common divisor of A and B, and in addition
     set S and T to coefficients satisfying A*S + B*T = G.  G is always
     positive, even if one or both of A and B are negative.

     If T is `NULL' then that value is not computed.

 - Function: void mpz_lcm (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
 - Function: void mpz_lcm_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, unsigned long OP2)
     Set ROP to the least common multiple of OP1 and OP2.  ROP is
     always positive, irrespective of the signs of OP1 and OP2.  ROP
     will be zero if either OP1 or OP2 is zero.

 - Function: int mpz_invert (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
     Compute the inverse of OP1 modulo OP2 and put the result in ROP.
     If the inverse exists, the return value is non-zero and ROP will
     satisfy 0 <= ROP < OP2.  If an inverse doesn't exist the return
     value is zero and ROP is undefined.

 - Function: int mpz_jacobi (mpz_t A, mpz_t B)
     Calculate the Jacobi symbol (A/B).  This is defined only for B odd.

 - Function: int mpz_legendre (mpz_t A, mpz_t P)
     Calculate the Legendre symbol (A/P).  This is defined only for P
     an odd positive prime, and for such P it's identical to the Jacobi
     symbol.

 - Function: int mpz_kronecker (mpz_t A, mpz_t B)
 - Function: int mpz_kronecker_si (mpz_t A, long B)
 - Function: int mpz_kronecker_ui (mpz_t A, unsigned long B)
 - Function: int mpz_si_kronecker (long A, mpz_t B)
 - Function: int mpz_ui_kronecker (unsigned long A, mpz_t B)
     Calculate the Jacobi symbol (A/B) with the Kronecker extension
     (a/2)=(2/a) when a odd, or (a/2)=0 when a even.

     When B is odd the Jacobi symbol and Kronecker symbol are
     identical, so `mpz_kronecker_ui' etc can be used for mixed
     precision Jacobi symbols too.

     For more information see Henri Cohen section 1.4.2 (*note
     References::), or any number theory textbook.  See also the
     example program `demos/qcn.c' which uses `mpz_kronecker_ui'.

 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_remove (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP, mpz_t F)
     Remove all occurrences of the factor F from OP and store the
     result in ROP.  The return value is how many such occurrences were
     removed.

 - Function: void mpz_fac_ui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int OP)
     Set ROP to OP!, the factorial of OP.

 - Function: void mpz_bin_ui (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t N, unsigned long int K)
 - Function: void mpz_bin_uiui (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int N,
          unsigned long int K)
     Compute the binomial coefficient N over K and store the result in
     ROP.  Negative values of N are supported by `mpz_bin_ui', using
     the identity bin(-n,k) = (-1)^k * bin(n+k-1,k), see Knuth volume 1
     section 1.2.6 part G.

 - Function: void mpz_fib_ui (mpz_t FN, unsigned long int N)
 - Function: void mpz_fib2_ui (mpz_t FN, mpz_t FNSUB1, unsigned long
          int N)
     `mpz_fib_ui' sets FN to to F[n], the N'th Fibonacci number.
     `mpz_fib2_ui' sets FN to F[n], and FNSUB1 to F[n-1].

     These functions are designed for calculating isolated Fibonacci
     numbers.  When a sequence of values is wanted it's best to start
     with `mpz_fib2_ui' and iterate the defining F[n+1]=F[n]+F[n-1] or
     similar.

 - Function: void mpz_lucnum_ui (mpz_t LN, unsigned long int N)
 - Function: void mpz_lucnum2_ui (mpz_t LN, mpz_t LNSUB1, unsigned long
          int N)
     `mpz_lucnum_ui' sets LN to to L[n], the N'th Lucas number.
     `mpz_lucnum2_ui' sets LN to L[n], and LNSUB1 to L[n-1].

     These functions are designed for calculating isolated Lucas
     numbers.  When a sequence of values is wanted it's best to start
     with `mpz_lucnum2_ui' and iterate the defining L[n+1]=L[n]+L[n-1]
     or similar.

     The Fibonacci numbers and Lucas numbers are related sequences, so
     it's never necessary to call both `mpz_fib2_ui' and
     `mpz_lucnum2_ui'.  The formulas for going from Fibonacci to Lucas
     can be found in *Note Lucas Numbers Algorithm::, the reverse is
     straightforward too.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Comparisons,  Next: Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling,  Prev: Number Theoretic Functions,  Up: Integer Functions

Comparison Functions
====================

 - Function: int mpz_cmp (mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
 - Function: int mpz_cmp_d (mpz_t OP1, double OP2)
 - Macro: int mpz_cmp_si (mpz_t OP1, signed long int OP2)
 - Macro: int mpz_cmp_ui (mpz_t OP1, unsigned long int OP2)
     Compare OP1 and OP2.  Return a positive value if OP1 > OP2, zero
     if OP1 = OP2, or a negative value if OP1 < OP2.

     Note that `mpz_cmp_ui' and `mpz_cmp_si' are macros and will
     evaluate their arguments more than once.

 - Function: int mpz_cmpabs (mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
 - Function: int mpz_cmpabs_d (mpz_t OP1, double OP2)
 - Function: int mpz_cmpabs_ui (mpz_t OP1, unsigned long int OP2)
     Compare the absolute values of OP1 and OP2.  Return a positive
     value if abs(OP1) > abs(OP2), zero if abs(OP1) = abs(OP2), or a
     negative value if abs(OP1) < abs(OP2).

     Note that `mpz_cmpabs_si' is a macro and will evaluate its
     arguments more than once.

 - Macro: int mpz_sgn (mpz_t OP)
     Return +1 if OP > 0, 0 if OP = 0, and -1 if OP < 0.

     This function is actually implemented as a macro.  It evaluates
     its argument multiple times.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling,  Next: I/O of Integers,  Prev: Integer Comparisons,  Up: Integer Functions

Logical and Bit Manipulation Functions
======================================

   These functions behave as if twos complement arithmetic were used
(although sign-magnitude is the actual implementation).  The least
significant bit is number 0.

 - Function: void mpz_and (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
     Set ROP to OP1 logical-and OP2.

 - Function: void mpz_ior (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
     Set ROP to OP1 inclusive-or OP2.

 - Function: void mpz_xor (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
     Set ROP to OP1 exclusive-or OP2.

 - Function: void mpz_com (mpz_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
     Set ROP to the one's complement of OP.

 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_popcount (mpz_t OP)
     If OP>=0, return the population count of OP, which is the number
     of 1 bits in the binary representation.  If OP<0, the number of 1s
     is infinite, and the return value is MAX_ULONG, the largest
     possible `unsigned long'.

 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_hamdist (mpz_t OP1, mpz_t OP2)
     If OP1 and OP2 are both >=0 or both <0, return the hamming
     distance between the two operands, which is the number of bit
     positions where OP1 and OP2 have different bit values.  If one
     operand is >=0 and the other <0 then the number of bits different
     is infinite, and the return value is MAX_ULONG, the largest
     possible `unsigned long'.

 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_scan0 (mpz_t OP, unsigned long int
          STARTING_BIT)
 - Function: unsigned long int mpz_scan1 (mpz_t OP, unsigned long int
          STARTING_BIT)
     Scan OP, starting from bit STARTING_BIT, towards more significant
     bits, until the first 0 or 1 bit (respectively) is found.  Return
     the index of the found bit.

     If the bit at STARTING_BIT is already what's sought, then
     STARTING_BIT is returned.

     If there's no bit found, then MAX_ULONG is returned.  This will
     happen in `mpz_scan0' past the end of a positive number, or
     `mpz_scan1' past the end of a negative.

 - Function: void mpz_setbit (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int BIT_INDEX)
     Set bit BIT_INDEX in ROP.

 - Function: void mpz_clrbit (mpz_t ROP, unsigned long int BIT_INDEX)
     Clear bit BIT_INDEX in ROP.

 - Function: int mpz_tstbit (mpz_t OP, unsigned long int BIT_INDEX)
     Test bit BIT_INDEX in OP and return 0 or 1 accordingly.


File: gmp.info,  Node: I/O of Integers,  Next: Integer Random Numbers,  Prev: Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling,  Up: Integer Functions

Input and Output Functions
==========================

   Functions that perform input from a stdio stream, and functions that
output to a stdio stream.  Passing a `NULL' pointer for a STREAM
argument to any of these functions will make them read from `stdin' and
write to `stdout', respectively.

   When using any of these functions, it is a good idea to include
`stdio.h' before `gmp.h', since that will allow `gmp.h' to define
prototypes for these functions.

 - Function: size_t mpz_out_str (FILE *STREAM, int BASE, mpz_t OP)
     Output OP on stdio stream STREAM, as a string of digits in base
     BASE.  The base may vary from 2 to 36.

     Return the number of bytes written, or if an error occurred,
     return 0.

 - Function: size_t mpz_inp_str (mpz_t ROP, FILE *STREAM, int BASE)
     Input a possibly white-space preceded string in base BASE from
     stdio stream STREAM, and put the read integer in ROP.  The base
     may vary from 2 to 36.  If BASE is 0, the actual base is
     determined from the leading characters: if the first two
     characters are `0x' or `0X', hexadecimal is assumed, otherwise if
     the first character is `0', octal is assumed, otherwise decimal is
     assumed.

     Return the number of bytes read, or if an error occurred, return 0.

 - Function: size_t mpz_out_raw (FILE *STREAM, mpz_t OP)
     Output OP on stdio stream STREAM, in raw binary format.  The
     integer is written in a portable format, with 4 bytes of size
     information, and that many bytes of limbs.  Both the size and the
     limbs are written in decreasing significance order (i.e., in
     big-endian).

     The output can be read with `mpz_inp_raw'.

     Return the number of bytes written, or if an error occurred,
     return 0.

     The output of this can not be read by `mpz_inp_raw' from GMP 1,
     because of changes necessary for compatibility between 32-bit and
     64-bit machines.

 - Function: size_t mpz_inp_raw (mpz_t ROP, FILE *STREAM)
     Input from stdio stream STREAM in the format written by
     `mpz_out_raw', and put the result in ROP.  Return the number of
     bytes read, or if an error occurred, return 0.

     This routine can read the output from `mpz_out_raw' also from GMP
     1, in spite of changes necessary for compatibility between 32-bit
     and 64-bit machines.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Random Numbers,  Next: Integer Import and Export,  Prev: I/O of Integers,  Up: Integer Functions

Random Number Functions
=======================

   The random number functions of GMP come in two groups; older function
that rely on a global state, and newer functions that accept a state
parameter that is read and modified.  Please see the *Note Random
Number Functions:: for more information on how to use and not to use
random number functions.

 - Function: void mpz_urandomb (mpz_t ROP, gmp_randstate_t STATE,
          unsigned long int N)
     Generate a uniformly distributed random integer in the range 0 to
     2^N-1, inclusive.

     The variable STATE must be initialized by calling one of the
     `gmp_randinit' functions (*Note Random State Initialization::)
     before invoking this function.

 - Function: void mpz_urandomm (mpz_t ROP, gmp_randstate_t STATE, mpz_t
          N)
     Generate a uniform random integer in the range 0 to N-1, inclusive.

     The variable STATE must be initialized by calling one of the
     `gmp_randinit' functions (*Note Random State Initialization::)
     before invoking this function.

 - Function: void mpz_rrandomb (mpz_t ROP, gmp_randstate_t STATE,
          unsigned long int N)
     Generate a random integer with long strings of zeros and ones in
     the binary representation.  Useful for testing functions and
     algorithms, since this kind of random numbers have proven to be
     more likely to trigger corner-case bugs.  The random number will
     be in the range 0 to 2^N-1, inclusive.

     The variable STATE must be initialized by calling one of the
     `gmp_randinit' functions (*Note Random State Initialization::)
     before invoking this function.

 - Function: void mpz_random (mpz_t ROP, mp_size_t MAX_SIZE)
     Generate a random integer of at most MAX_SIZE limbs.  The generated
     random number doesn't satisfy any particular requirements of
     randomness.  Negative random numbers are generated when MAX_SIZE
     is negative.

     This function is obsolete.  Use `mpz_urandomb' or `mpz_urandomm'
     instead.

 - Function: void mpz_random2 (mpz_t ROP, mp_size_t MAX_SIZE)
     Generate a random integer of at most MAX_SIZE limbs, with long
     strings of zeros and ones in the binary representation.  Useful
     for testing functions and algorithms, since this kind of random
     numbers have proven to be more likely to trigger corner-case bugs.
     Negative random numbers are generated when MAX_SIZE is negative.

     This function is obsolete.  Use `mpz_rrandomb' instead.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Import and Export,  Next: Miscellaneous Integer Functions,  Prev: Integer Random Numbers,  Up: Integer Functions

Integer Import and Export
=========================

   `mpz_t' variables can be converted to and from arbitrary words of
binary data with the following functions.

 - Function: void mpz_import (mpz_t ROP, size_t COUNT, int ORDER, int
          SIZE, int ENDIAN, size_t NAILS, const void *OP)
     Set ROP from an array of word data at OP.

     The parameters specify the format of the data.  COUNT many words
     are read, each SIZE bytes.  ORDER can be 1 for most significant
     word first or -1 for least significant first.  Within each word
     ENDIAN can be 1 for most significant byte first, -1 for least
     significant first, or 0 for the native endianness of the host CPU.
     The most significant NAILS bits of each word are skipped, this
     can be 0 to use the full words.

     There are no data alignment restrictions on OP, any address is
     allowed.

     Here's an example converting an array of `unsigned long' data, most
     significant element first and host byte order within each value.

          unsigned long  a[20];
          mpz_t          z;
          mpz_import (z, 20, 1, sizeof(a[0]), 0, 0, a);

     This example assumes the full `sizeof' bytes are used for data in
     the given type, which is usually true, and certainly true for
     `unsigned long' everywhere we know of.  However on Cray vector
     systems it may be noted that `short' and `int' are always stored
     in 8 bytes (and with `sizeof' indicating that) but use only 32 or
     46 bits.  The NAILS feature can account for this, by passing for
     instance `8*sizeof(int)-INT_BIT'.

 - Function: void *mpz_export (void *ROP, size_t *COUNT, int ORDER, int
          SIZE, int ENDIAN, size_t NAILS, mpz_t OP)
     Fill ROP with word data from OP.

     The parameters specify the format of the data produced.  Each word
     will be SIZE bytes and ORDER can be 1 for most significant word
     first or -1 for least significant first.  Within each word ENDIAN
     can be 1 for most significant byte first, -1 for least significant
     first, or 0 for the native endianness of the host CPU.  The most
     significant NAILS bits of each word are unused and set to zero,
     this can be 0 to produce full words.

     The number of words produced is written to `*COUNT'.  ROP must
     have enough space for the data, or if ROP is `NULL' then a result
     array of the necessary size is allocated using the current GMP
     allocation function (*note Custom Allocation::).  In either case
     the return value is the destination used, ROP or the allocated
     block.

     If OP is non-zero then the most significant word produced will be
     non-zero.  If OP is zero then the count returned will be zero and
     nothing written to ROP.  If ROP is `NULL' in this case, no block
     is allocated, just `NULL' is returned.

     There are no data alignment restrictions on ROP, any address is
     allowed.  The sign of OP is ignored, just the absolute value is
     used.

     When an application is allocating space itself the required size
     can be determined with a calculation like the following.  Since
     `mpz_sizeinbase' always returns at least 1, `count' here will be
     at least one, which avoids any portability problems with
     `malloc(0)', though if `z' is zero no space at all is actually
     needed.

          numb = 8*size - nail;
          count = (mpz_sizeinbase (z, 2) + numb-1) / numb;
          p = malloc (count * size);


File: gmp.info,  Node: Miscellaneous Integer Functions,  Prev: Integer Import and Export,  Up: Integer Functions

Miscellaneous Functions
=======================

 - Function: int mpz_fits_ulong_p (mpz_t OP)
 - Function: int mpz_fits_slong_p (mpz_t OP)
 - Function: int mpz_fits_uint_p (mpz_t OP)
 - Function: int mpz_fits_sint_p (mpz_t OP)
 - Function: int mpz_fits_ushort_p (mpz_t OP)
 - Function: int mpz_fits_sshort_p (mpz_t OP)
     Return non-zero iff the value of OP fits in an `unsigned long int',
     `signed long int', `unsigned int', `signed int', `unsigned short
     int', or `signed short int', respectively.  Otherwise, return zero.

 - Macro: int mpz_odd_p (mpz_t OP)
 - Macro: int mpz_even_p (mpz_t OP)
     Determine whether OP is odd or even, respectively.  Return
     non-zero if yes, zero if no.  These macros evaluate their argument
     more than once.

 - Function: size_t mpz_size (mpz_t OP)
     Return the size of OP measured in number of limbs.  If OP is zero,
     the returned value will be zero.

 - Function: size_t mpz_sizeinbase (mpz_t OP, int BASE)
     Return the size of OP measured in number of digits in base BASE.
     The base may vary from 2 to 36.  The sign of OP is ignored, just
     the absolute value is used.  The result will be exact or 1 too
     big.  If BASE is a power of 2, the result will always be exact.
     If OP is zero the return value is always 1.

     This function is useful in order to allocate the right amount of
     space before converting OP to a string.  The right amount of
     allocation is normally two more than the value returned by
     `mpz_sizeinbase' (one extra for a minus sign and one for the
     null-terminator).


File: gmp.info,  Node: Rational Number Functions,  Next: Floating-point Functions,  Prev: Integer Functions,  Up: Top

Rational Number Functions
*************************

   This chapter describes the GMP functions for performing arithmetic
on rational numbers.  These functions start with the prefix `mpq_'.

   Rational numbers are stored in objects of type `mpq_t'.

   All rational arithmetic functions assume operands have a canonical
form, and canonicalize their result.  The canonical from means that the
denominator and the numerator have no common factors, and that the
denominator is positive.  Zero has the unique representation 0/1.

   Pure assignment functions do not canonicalize the assigned variable.
It is the responsibility of the user to canonicalize the assigned
variable before any arithmetic operations are performed on that
variable.

 - Function: void mpq_canonicalize (mpq_t OP)
     Remove any factors that are common to the numerator and
     denominator of OP, and make the denominator positive.

* Menu:

* Initializing Rationals::
* Rational Conversions::
* Rational Arithmetic::
* Comparing Rationals::
* Applying Integer Functions::
* I/O of Rationals::


File: gmp.info,  Node: Initializing Rationals,  Next: Rational Conversions,  Prev: Rational Number Functions,  Up: Rational Number Functions

Initialization and Assignment Functions
=======================================

 - Function: void mpq_init (mpq_t DEST_RATIONAL)
     Initialize DEST_RATIONAL and set it to 0/1.  Each variable should
     normally only be initialized once, or at least cleared out (using
     the function `mpq_clear') between each initialization.

 - Function: void mpq_clear (mpq_t RATIONAL_NUMBER)
     Free the space occupied by RATIONAL_NUMBER.  Make sure to call this
     function for all `mpq_t' variables when you are done with them.

 - Function: void mpq_set (mpq_t ROP, mpq_t OP)
 - Function: void mpq_set_z (mpq_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
     Assign ROP from OP.

 - Function: void mpq_set_ui (mpq_t ROP, unsigned long int OP1,
          unsigned long int OP2)
 - Function: void mpq_set_si (mpq_t ROP, signed long int OP1, unsigned
          long int OP2)
     Set the value of ROP to OP1/OP2.  Note that if OP1 and OP2 have
     common factors, ROP has to be passed to `mpq_canonicalize' before
     any operations are performed on ROP.

 - Function: int mpq_set_str (mpq_t ROP, char *STR, int BASE)
     Set ROP from a null-terminated string STR in the given BASE.

     The string can be an integer like "41" or a fraction like
     "41/152".  The fraction must be in canonical form (*note Rational
     Number Functions::), or if not then `mpq_canonicalize' must be
     called.

     The numerator and optional denominator are parsed the same as in
     `mpz_set_str' (*note Assigning Integers::).  White space is
     allowed in the string, and is simply ignored.  The BASE can vary
     from 2 to 36, or if BASE is 0 then the leading characters are
     used: `0x' for hex, `0' for octal, or decimal otherwise.  Note
     that this is done separately for the numerator and denominator, so
     for instance `0xEF/100' is 239/100, whereas `0xEF/0x100' is
     239/256.

     The return value is 0 if the entire string is a valid number, or
     -1 if not.

 - Function: void mpq_swap (mpq_t ROP1, mpq_t ROP2)
     Swap the values ROP1 and ROP2 efficiently.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Rational Conversions,  Next: Rational Arithmetic,  Prev: Initializing Rationals,  Up: Rational Number Functions

Conversion Functions
====================

 - Function: double mpq_get_d (mpq_t OP)
     Convert OP to a `double'.

 - Function: void mpq_set_d (mpq_t ROP, double OP)
 - Function: void mpq_set_f (mpq_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
     Set ROP to the value of OP, without rounding.

 - Function: char * mpq_get_str (char *STR, int BASE, mpq_t OP)
     Convert OP to a string of digits in base BASE.  The base may vary
     from 2 to 36.  The string will be of the form `num/den', or if the
     denominator is 1 then just `num'.

     If STR is `NULL', the result string is allocated using the current
     allocation function (*note Custom Allocation::).  The block will be
     `strlen(str)+1' bytes, that being exactly enough for the string and
     null-terminator.

     If STR is not `NULL', it should point to a block of storage large
     enough for the result, that being

          mpz_sizeinbase (mpq_numref(OP), BASE)
          + mpz_sizeinbase (mpq_denref(OP), BASE) + 3

     The three extra bytes are for a possible minus sign, possible
     slash, and the null-terminator.

     A pointer to the result string is returned, being either the
     allocated block, or the given STR.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Rational Arithmetic,  Next: Comparing Rationals,  Prev: Rational Conversions,  Up: Rational Number Functions

Arithmetic Functions
====================

 - Function: void mpq_add (mpq_t SUM, mpq_t ADDEND1, mpq_t ADDEND2)
     Set SUM to ADDEND1 + ADDEND2.

 - Function: void mpq_sub (mpq_t DIFFERENCE, mpq_t MINUEND, mpq_t
          SUBTRAHEND)
     Set DIFFERENCE to MINUEND - SUBTRAHEND.

 - Function: void mpq_mul (mpq_t PRODUCT, mpq_t MULTIPLIER, mpq_t
          MULTIPLICAND)
     Set PRODUCT to MULTIPLIER times MULTIPLICAND.

 - Function: void mpq_mul_2exp (mpq_t ROP, mpq_t OP1, unsigned long int
          OP2)
     Set ROP to OP1 times 2 raised to OP2.

 - Function: void mpq_div (mpq_t QUOTIENT, mpq_t DIVIDEND, mpq_t
          DIVISOR)
     Set QUOTIENT to DIVIDEND/DIVISOR.

 - Function: void mpq_div_2exp (mpq_t ROP, mpq_t OP1, unsigned long int
          OP2)
     Set ROP to OP1 divided by 2 raised to OP2.

 - Function: void mpq_neg (mpq_t NEGATED_OPERAND, mpq_t OPERAND)
     Set NEGATED_OPERAND to -OPERAND.

 - Function: void mpq_abs (mpq_t ROP, mpq_t OP)
     Set ROP to the absolute value of OP.

 - Function: void mpq_inv (mpq_t INVERTED_NUMBER, mpq_t NUMBER)
     Set INVERTED_NUMBER to 1/NUMBER.  If the new denominator is zero,
     this routine will divide by zero.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Comparing Rationals,  Next: Applying Integer Functions,  Prev: Rational Arithmetic,  Up: Rational Number Functions

Comparison Functions
====================

 - Function: int mpq_cmp (mpq_t OP1, mpq_t OP2)
     Compare OP1 and OP2.  Return a positive value if OP1 > OP2, zero
     if OP1 = OP2, and a negative value if OP1 < OP2.

     To determine if two rationals are equal, `mpq_equal' is faster than
     `mpq_cmp'.

 - Macro: int mpq_cmp_ui (mpq_t OP1, unsigned long int NUM2, unsigned
          long int DEN2)
 - Macro: int mpq_cmp_si (mpq_t OP1, long int NUM2, unsigned long int
          DEN2)
     Compare OP1 and NUM2/DEN2.  Return a positive value if OP1 >
     NUM2/DEN2, zero if OP1 = NUM2/DEN2, and a negative value if OP1 <
     NUM2/DEN2.

     NUM2 and DEN2 are allowed to have common factors.

     These functions are implemented as a macros and evaluate their
     arguments multiple times.

 - Macro: int mpq_sgn (mpq_t OP)
     Return +1 if OP > 0, 0 if OP = 0, and -1 if OP < 0.

     This function is actually implemented as a macro.  It evaluates its
     arguments multiple times.

 - Function: int mpq_equal (mpq_t OP1, mpq_t OP2)
     Return non-zero if OP1 and OP2 are equal, zero if they are
     non-equal.  Although `mpq_cmp' can be used for the same purpose,
     this function is much faster.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Applying Integer Functions,  Next: I/O of Rationals,  Prev: Comparing Rationals,  Up: Rational Number Functions

Applying Integer Functions to Rationals
=======================================

   The set of `mpq' functions is quite small.  In particular, there are
few functions for either input or output.  The following functions give
direct access to the numerator and denominator of an `mpq_t'.

   Note that if an assignment to the numerator and/or denominator could
take an `mpq_t' out of the canonical form described at the start of
this chapter (*note Rational Number Functions::) then
`mpq_canonicalize' must be called before any other `mpq' functions are
applied to that `mpq_t'.

 - Macro: mpz_t mpq_numref (mpq_t OP)
 - Macro: mpz_t mpq_denref (mpq_t OP)
     Return a reference to the numerator and denominator of OP,
     respectively.  The `mpz' functions can be used on the result of
     these macros.

 - Function: void mpq_get_num (mpz_t NUMERATOR, mpq_t RATIONAL)
 - Function: void mpq_get_den (mpz_t DENOMINATOR, mpq_t RATIONAL)
 - Function: void mpq_set_num (mpq_t RATIONAL, mpz_t NUMERATOR)
 - Function: void mpq_set_den (mpq_t RATIONAL, mpz_t DENOMINATOR)
     Get or set the numerator or denominator of a rational.  These
     functions are equivalent to calling `mpz_set' with an appropriate
     `mpq_numref' or `mpq_denref'.  Direct use of `mpq_numref' or
     `mpq_denref' is recommended instead of these functions.


File: gmp.info,  Node: I/O of Rationals,  Prev: Applying Integer Functions,  Up: Rational Number Functions

Input and Output Functions
==========================

   When using any of these functions, it's a good idea to include
`stdio.h' before `gmp.h', since that will allow `gmp.h' to define
prototypes for these functions.

   Passing a `NULL' pointer for a STREAM argument to any of these
functions will make them read from `stdin' and write to `stdout',
respectively.

 - Function: size_t mpq_out_str (FILE *STREAM, int BASE, mpq_t OP)
     Output OP on stdio stream STREAM, as a string of digits in base
     BASE.  The base may vary from 2 to 36.  Output is in the form
     `num/den' or if the denominator is 1 then just `num'.

     Return the number of bytes written, or if an error occurred,
     return 0.

 - Function: size_t mpq_inp_str (mpq_t ROP, FILE *STREAM, int BASE)
     Read a string of digits from STREAM and convert them to a rational
     in ROP.  Any initial white-space characters are read and
     discarded.  Return the number of characters read (including white
     space), or 0 if a rational could not be read.

     The input can be a fraction like `17/63' or just an integer like
     `123'.  Reading stops at the first character not in this form, and
     white space is not permitted within the string.  If the input
     might not be in canonical form, then `mpq_canonicalize' must be
     called (*note Rational Number Functions::).

     The BASE can be between 2 and 36, or can be 0 in which case the
     leading characters of the string determine the base, `0x' or `0X'
     for hexadecimal, `0' for octal, or decimal otherwise.  The leading
     characters are examined separately for the numerator and
     denominator of a fraction, so for instance `0x10/11' is 16/11,
     whereas `0x10/0x11' is 16/17.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Floating-point Functions,  Next: Low-level Functions,  Prev: Rational Number Functions,  Up: Top

Floating-point Functions
************************

   GMP floating point numbers are stored in objects of type `mpf_t' and
functions operating on them have an `mpf_' prefix.

   The mantissa of each float has a user-selectable precision, limited
only by available memory.  Each variable has its own precision, and
that can be increased or decreased at any time.

   The exponent of each float is a fixed precision, one machine word on
most systems.  In the current implementation the exponent is a count of
limbs, so for example on a 32-bit system this means a range of roughly
2^-68719476768 to 2^68719476736, or on a 64-bit system this will be
greater.  Note however `mpf_get_str' can only return an exponent which
fits an `mp_exp_t' and currently `mpf_set_str' doesn't accept exponents
bigger than a `long'.

   Each variable keeps a size for the mantissa data actually in use.
This means that if a float is exactly represented in only a few bits
then only those bits will be used in a calculation, even if the
selected precision is high.

   All calculations are performed to the precision of the destination
variable.  Each function is defined to calculate with "infinite
precision" followed by a truncation to the destination precision, but
of course the work done is only what's needed to determine a result
under that definition.

   The precision selected for a variable is a minimum value, GMP may
increase it a little to facilitate efficient calculation.  Currently
this means rounding up to a whole limb, and then sometimes having a
further partial limb, depending on the high limb of the mantissa.  But
applications shouldn't be concerned by such details.

   The mantissa in stored in binary, as might be imagined from the fact
precisions are expressed in bits.  One consequence of this is that
decimal fractions like 0.1 cannot be represented exactly.  The same is
true of plain IEEE `double' floats.  This makes both highly unsuitable
for calculations involving money or other values that should be exact
decimal fractions.  (Suitably scaled integers, or perhaps rationals,
are better choices.)

   `mpf' functions and variables have no special notion of infinity or
not-a-number, and applications must take care not to overflow the
exponent or results will be unpredictable.  This might change in a
future release.

   Note that the `mpf' functions are _not_ intended as a smooth
extension to IEEE P754 arithmetic.  In particular results obtained on
one computer often differ from the results on a computer with a
different word size.

* Menu:

* Initializing Floats::
* Assigning Floats::
* Simultaneous Float Init & Assign::
* Converting Floats::
* Float Arithmetic::
* Float Comparison::
* I/O of Floats::
* Miscellaneous Float Functions::


File: gmp.info,  Node: Initializing Floats,  Next: Assigning Floats,  Prev: Floating-point Functions,  Up: Floating-point Functions

Initialization Functions
========================

 - Function: void mpf_set_default_prec (unsigned long int PREC)
     Set the default precision to be *at least* PREC bits.  All
     subsequent calls to `mpf_init' will use this precision, but
     previously initialized variables are unaffected.

 - Function: unsigned long int mpf_get_default_prec (void)
     Return the default default precision actually used.

   An `mpf_t' object must be initialized before storing the first value
in it.  The functions `mpf_init' and `mpf_init2' are used for that
purpose.

 - Function: void mpf_init (mpf_t X)
     Initialize X to 0.  Normally, a variable should be initialized
     once only or at least be cleared, using `mpf_clear', between
     initializations.  The precision of X is undefined unless a default
     precision has already been established by a call to
     `mpf_set_default_prec'.

 - Function: void mpf_init2 (mpf_t X, unsigned long int PREC)
     Initialize X to 0 and set its precision to be *at least* PREC
     bits.  Normally, a variable should be initialized once only or at
     least be cleared, using `mpf_clear', between initializations.

 - Function: void mpf_clear (mpf_t X)
     Free the space occupied by X.  Make sure to call this function for
     all `mpf_t' variables when you are done with them.

   Here is an example on how to initialize floating-point variables:
     {
       mpf_t x, y;
       mpf_init (x);           /* use default precision */
       mpf_init2 (y, 256);     /* precision _at least_ 256 bits */
       ...
       /* Unless the program is about to exit, do ... */
       mpf_clear (x);
       mpf_clear (y);
     }

   The following three functions are useful for changing the precision
during a calculation.  A typical use would be for adjusting the
precision gradually in iterative algorithms like Newton-Raphson, making
the computation precision closely match the actual accurate part of the
numbers.

 - Function: unsigned long int mpf_get_prec (mpf_t OP)
     Return the current precision of OP, in bits.

 - Function: void mpf_set_prec (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int PREC)
     Set the precision of ROP to be *at least* PREC bits.  The value in
     ROP will be truncated to the new precision.

     This function requires a call to `realloc', and so should not be
     used in a tight loop.

 - Function: void mpf_set_prec_raw (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int PREC)
     Set the precision of ROP to be *at least* PREC bits, without
     changing the memory allocated.

     PREC must be no more than the allocated precision for ROP, that
     being the precision when ROP was initialized, or in the most recent
     `mpf_set_prec'.

     The value in ROP is unchanged, and in particular if it had a higher
     precision than PREC it will retain that higher precision.  New
     values written to ROP will use the new PREC.

     Before calling `mpf_clear' or the full `mpf_set_prec', another
     `mpf_set_prec_raw' call must be made to restore ROP to its original
     allocated precision.  Failing to do so will have unpredictable
     results.

     `mpf_get_prec' can be used before `mpf_set_prec_raw' to get the
     original allocated precision.  After `mpf_set_prec_raw' it
     reflects the PREC value set.

     `mpf_set_prec_raw' is an efficient way to use an `mpf_t' variable
     at different precisions during a calculation, perhaps to gradually
     increase precision in an iteration, or just to use various
     different precisions for different purposes during a calculation.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Assigning Floats,  Next: Simultaneous Float Init & Assign,  Prev: Initializing Floats,  Up: Floating-point Functions

Assignment Functions
====================

   These functions assign new values to already initialized floats
(*note Initializing Floats::).

 - Function: void mpf_set (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
 - Function: void mpf_set_ui (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP)
 - Function: void mpf_set_si (mpf_t ROP, signed long int OP)
 - Function: void mpf_set_d (mpf_t ROP, double OP)
 - Function: void mpf_set_z (mpf_t ROP, mpz_t OP)
 - Function: void mpf_set_q (mpf_t ROP, mpq_t OP)
     Set the value of ROP from OP.

 - Function: int mpf_set_str (mpf_t ROP, char *STR, int BASE)
     Set the value of ROP from the string in STR.  The string is of the
     form `M@N' or, if the base is 10 or less, alternatively `MeN'.
     `M' is the mantissa and `N' is the exponent.  The mantissa is
     always in the specified base.  The exponent is either in the
     specified base or, if BASE is negative, in decimal.  The decimal
     point expected is taken from the current locale, on systems
     providing `localeconv'.

     The argument BASE may be in the ranges 2 to 36, or -36 to -2.
     Negative values are used to specify that the exponent is in
     decimal.

     Unlike the corresponding `mpz' function, the base will not be
     determined from the leading characters of the string if BASE is 0.
     This is so that numbers like `0.23' are not interpreted as octal.

     White space is allowed in the string, and is simply ignored.
     [This is not really true; white-space is ignored in the beginning
     of the string and within the mantissa, but not in other places,
     such as after a minus sign or in the exponent.  We are considering
     changing the definition of this function, making it fail when
     there is any white-space in the input, since that makes a lot of
     sense.  Please tell us your opinion about this change.  Do you
     really want it to accept "3 14" as meaning 314 as it does now?]

     This function returns 0 if the entire string is a valid number in
     base BASE.  Otherwise it returns -1.

 - Function: void mpf_swap (mpf_t ROP1, mpf_t ROP2)
     Swap ROP1 and ROP2 efficiently.  Both the values and the
     precisions of the two variables are swapped.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Simultaneous Float Init & Assign,  Next: Converting Floats,  Prev: Assigning Floats,  Up: Floating-point Functions

Combined Initialization and Assignment Functions
================================================

   For convenience, GMP provides a parallel series of
initialize-and-set functions which initialize the output and then store
the value there.  These functions' names have the form `mpf_init_set...'

   Once the float has been initialized by any of the `mpf_init_set...'
functions, it can be used as the source or destination operand for the
ordinary float functions.  Don't use an initialize-and-set function on
a variable already initialized!

 - Function: void mpf_init_set (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
 - Function: void mpf_init_set_ui (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP)
 - Function: void mpf_init_set_si (mpf_t ROP, signed long int OP)
 - Function: void mpf_init_set_d (mpf_t ROP, double OP)
     Initialize ROP and set its value from OP.

     The precision of ROP will be taken from the active default
     precision, as set by `mpf_set_default_prec'.

 - Function: int mpf_init_set_str (mpf_t ROP, char *STR, int BASE)
     Initialize ROP and set its value from the string in STR.  See
     `mpf_set_str' above for details on the assignment operation.

     Note that ROP is initialized even if an error occurs.  (I.e., you
     have to call `mpf_clear' for it.)

     The precision of ROP will be taken from the active default
     precision, as set by `mpf_set_default_prec'.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Converting Floats,  Next: Float Arithmetic,  Prev: Simultaneous Float Init & Assign,  Up: Floating-point Functions

Conversion Functions
====================

 - Function: double mpf_get_d (mpf_t OP)
     Convert OP to a `double'.

 - Function: double mpf_get_d_2exp (signed long int *EXP, mpf_t OP)
     Find D and EXP such that D times 2 raised to EXP, with
     0.5<=abs(D)<1, is a good approximation to OP.  This is similar to
     the standard C function `frexp'.

 - Function: long mpf_get_si (mpf_t OP)
 - Function: unsigned long mpf_get_ui (mpf_t OP)
     Convert OP to a `long' or `unsigned long', truncating any fraction
     part.  If OP is too big for the return type, the result is
     undefined.

     See also `mpf_fits_slong_p' and `mpf_fits_ulong_p' (*note
     Miscellaneous Float Functions::).

 - Function: char * mpf_get_str (char *STR, mp_exp_t *EXPPTR, int BASE,
          size_t N_DIGITS, mpf_t OP)
     Convert OP to a string of digits in base BASE.  BASE can be 2 to
     36.  Up to N_DIGITS digits will be generated.  Trailing zeros are
     not returned.  No more digits than can be accurately represented
     by OP are ever generated.  If N_DIGITS is 0 then that accurate
     maximum number of digits are generated.

     If STR is `NULL', the result string is allocated using the current
     allocation function (*note Custom Allocation::).  The block will be
     `strlen(str)+1' bytes, that being exactly enough for the string and
     null-terminator.

     If STR is not `NULL', it should point to a block of N_DIGITS + 2
     bytes, that being enough for the mantissa, a possible minus sign,
     and a null-terminator.  When N_DIGITS is 0 to get all significant
     digits, an application won't be able to know the space required,
     and STR should be `NULL' in that case.

     The generated string is a fraction, with an implicit radix point
     immediately to the left of the first digit.  The applicable
     exponent is written through the EXPPTR pointer.  For example, the
     number 3.1416 would be returned as string "31416" and exponent 1.

     When OP is zero, an empty string is produced and the exponent
     returned is 0.

     A pointer to the result string is returned, being either the
     allocated block or the given STR.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Float Arithmetic,  Next: Float Comparison,  Prev: Converting Floats,  Up: Floating-point Functions

Arithmetic Functions
====================

 - Function: void mpf_add (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2)
 - Function: void mpf_add_ui (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int
          OP2)
     Set ROP to OP1 + OP2.

 - Function: void mpf_sub (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2)
 - Function: void mpf_ui_sub (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP1, mpf_t
          OP2)
 - Function: void mpf_sub_ui (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int
          OP2)
     Set ROP to OP1 - OP2.

 - Function: void mpf_mul (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2)
 - Function: void mpf_mul_ui (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int
          OP2)
     Set ROP to OP1 times OP2.

   Division is undefined if the divisor is zero, and passing a zero
divisor to the divide functions will make these functions intentionally
divide by zero.  This lets the user handle arithmetic exceptions in
these functions in the same manner as other arithmetic exceptions.

 - Function: void mpf_div (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2)
 - Function: void mpf_ui_div (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP1, mpf_t
          OP2)
 - Function: void mpf_div_ui (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int
          OP2)
     Set ROP to OP1/OP2.

 - Function: void mpf_sqrt (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
 - Function: void mpf_sqrt_ui (mpf_t ROP, unsigned long int OP)
     Set ROP to the square root of OP.

 - Function: void mpf_pow_ui (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int
          OP2)
     Set ROP to OP1 raised to the power OP2.

 - Function: void mpf_neg (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
     Set ROP to -OP.

 - Function: void mpf_abs (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
     Set ROP to the absolute value of OP.

 - Function: void mpf_mul_2exp (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int
          OP2)
     Set ROP to OP1 times 2 raised to OP2.

 - Function: void mpf_div_2exp (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int
          OP2)
     Set ROP to OP1 divided by 2 raised to OP2.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Float Comparison,  Next: I/O of Floats,  Prev: Float Arithmetic,  Up: Floating-point Functions

Comparison Functions
====================

 - Function: int mpf_cmp (mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2)
 - Function: int mpf_cmp_d (mpf_t OP1, double OP2)
 - Function: int mpf_cmp_ui (mpf_t OP1, unsigned long int OP2)
 - Function: int mpf_cmp_si (mpf_t OP1, signed long int OP2)
     Compare OP1 and OP2.  Return a positive value if OP1 > OP2, zero
     if OP1 = OP2, and a negative value if OP1 < OP2.

 - Function: int mpf_eq (mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2, unsigned long int op3)
     Return non-zero if the first OP3 bits of OP1 and OP2 are equal,
     zero otherwise.  I.e., test of OP1 and OP2 are approximately equal.

     Caution: Currently only whole limbs are compared, and only in an
     exact fashion.  In the future values like 1000 and 0111 may be
     considered the same to 3 bits (on the basis that their difference
     is that small).

 - Function: void mpf_reldiff (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP1, mpf_t OP2)
     Compute the relative difference between OP1 and OP2 and store the
     result in ROP.  This is abs(OP1-OP2)/OP1.

 - Macro: int mpf_sgn (mpf_t OP)
     Return +1 if OP > 0, 0 if OP = 0, and -1 if OP < 0.

     This function is actually implemented as a macro.  It evaluates
     its arguments multiple times.


File: gmp.info,  Node: I/O of Floats,  Next: Miscellaneous Float Functions,  Prev: Float Comparison,  Up: Floating-point Functions

Input and Output Functions
==========================

   Functions that perform input from a stdio stream, and functions that
output to a stdio stream.  Passing a `NULL' pointer for a STREAM
argument to any of these functions will make them read from `stdin' and
write to `stdout', respectively.

   When using any of these functions, it is a good idea to include
`stdio.h' before `gmp.h', since that will allow `gmp.h' to define
prototypes for these functions.

 - Function: size_t mpf_out_str (FILE *STREAM, int BASE, size_t
          N_DIGITS, mpf_t OP)
     Print OP to STREAM, as a string of digits.  Return the number of
     bytes written, or if an error occurred, return 0.

     The mantissa is prefixed with an `0.' and is in the given BASE,
     which may vary from 2 to 36.  An exponent then printed, separated
     by an `e', or if BASE is greater than 10 then by an `@'.  The
     exponent is always in decimal.  The decimal point follows the
     current locale, on systems providing `localeconv'.

     Up to N_DIGITS will be printed from the mantissa, except that no
     more digits than are accurately representable by OP will be
     printed.  N_DIGITS can be 0 to select that accurate maximum.

 - Function: size_t mpf_inp_str (mpf_t ROP, FILE *STREAM, int BASE)
     Read a string in base BASE from STREAM, and put the read float in
     ROP.  The string is of the form `M@N' or, if the base is 10 or
     less, alternatively `MeN'.  `M' is the mantissa and `N' is the
     exponent.  The mantissa is always in the specified base.  The
     exponent is either in the specified base or, if BASE is negative,
     in decimal.  The decimal point expected is taken from the current
     locale, on systems providing `localeconv'.

     The argument BASE may be in the ranges 2 to 36, or -36 to -2.
     Negative values are used to specify that the exponent is in
     decimal.

     Unlike the corresponding `mpz' function, the base will not be
     determined from the leading characters of the string if BASE is 0.
     This is so that numbers like `0.23' are not interpreted as octal.

     Return the number of bytes read, or if an error occurred, return 0.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Miscellaneous Float Functions,  Prev: I/O of Floats,  Up: Floating-point Functions

Miscellaneous Functions
=======================

 - Function: void mpf_ceil (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
 - Function: void mpf_floor (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
 - Function: void mpf_trunc (mpf_t ROP, mpf_t OP)
     Set ROP to OP rounded to an integer.  `mpf_ceil' rounds to the
     next higher integer, `mpf_floor' to the next lower, and `mpf_trunc'
     to the integer towards zero.

 - Function: int mpf_integer_p (mpf_t OP)
     Return non-zero if OP is an integer.

 - Function: int mpf_fits_ulong_p (mpf_t OP)
 - Function: int mpf_fits_slong_p (mpf_t OP)
 - Function: int mpf_fits_uint_p (mpf_t OP)
 - Function: int mpf_fits_sint_p (mpf_t OP)
 - Function: int mpf_fits_ushort_p (mpf_t OP)
 - Function: int mpf_fits_sshort_p (mpf_t OP)
     Return non-zero if OP would fit in the respective C data type, when
     truncated to an integer.

 - Function: void mpf_urandomb (mpf_t ROP, gmp_randstate_t STATE,
          unsigned long int NBITS)
     Generate a uniformly distributed random float in ROP, such that 0
     <= ROP < 1, with NBITS significant bits in the mantissa.

     The variable STATE must be initialized by calling one of the
     `gmp_randinit' functions (*Note Random State Initialization::)
     before invoking this function.

 - Function: void mpf_random2 (mpf_t ROP, mp_size_t MAX_SIZE, mp_exp_t
          EXP)
     Generate a random float of at most MAX_SIZE limbs, with long
     strings of zeros and ones in the binary representation.  The
     exponent of the number is in the interval -EXP to EXP.  This
     function is useful for testing functions and algorithms, since
     this kind of random numbers have proven to be more likely to
     trigger corner-case bugs.  Negative random numbers are generated
     when MAX_SIZE is negative.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Low-level Functions,  Next: Random Number Functions,  Prev: Floating-point Functions,  Up: Top

Low-level Functions
*******************

   This chapter describes low-level GMP functions, used to implement the
high-level GMP functions, but also intended for time-critical user code.

   These functions start with the prefix `mpn_'.

   The `mpn' functions are designed to be as fast as possible, *not* to
provide a coherent calling interface.  The different functions have
somewhat similar interfaces, but there are variations that make them
hard to use.  These functions do as little as possible apart from the
real multiple precision computation, so that no time is spent on things
that not all callers need.

   A source operand is specified by a pointer to the least significant
limb and a limb count.  A destination operand is specified by just a
pointer.  It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure that the
destination has enough space for storing the result.

   With this way of specifying operands, it is possible to perform
computations on subranges of an argument, and store the result into a
subrange of a destination.

   A common requirement for all functions is that each source area
needs at least one limb.  No size argument may be zero.  Unless
otherwise stated, in-place operations are allowed where source and
destination are the same, but not where they only partly overlap.

   The `mpn' functions are the base for the implementation of the
`mpz_', `mpf_', and `mpq_' functions.

   This example adds the number beginning at S1P and the number
beginning at S2P and writes the sum at DESTP.  All areas have N limbs.

     cy = mpn_add_n (destp, s1p, s2p, n)

In the notation used here, a source operand is identified by the
pointer to the least significant limb, and the limb count in braces.
For example, {S1P, S1N}.

 - Function: mp_limb_t mpn_add_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
          const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
     Add {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}, and write the N least significant limbs
     of the result to RP.  Return carry, either 0 or 1.

     This is the lowest-level function for addition.  It is the
     preferred function for addition, since it is written in assembly
     for most CPUs.  For addition of a variable to itself (i.e., S1P
     equals S2P, use `mpn_lshift' with a count of 1 for optimal speed.

 - Function: mp_limb_t mpn_add_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
          mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
     Add {S1P, N} and S2LIMB, and write the N least significant limbs
     of the result to RP.  Return carry, either 0 or 1.

 - Function: mp_limb_t mpn_add (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
          mp_size_t S1N, const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N)
     Add {S1P, S1N} and {S2P, S2N}, and write the S1N least significant
     limbs of the result to RP.  Return carry, either 0 or 1.

     This function requires that S1N is greater than or equal to S2N.

 - Function: mp_limb_t mpn_sub_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
          const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
     Subtract {S2P, N} from {S1P, N}, and write the N least significant
     limbs of the result to RP.  Return borrow, either 0 or 1.

     This is the lowest-level function for subtraction.  It is the
     preferred function for subtraction, since it is written in
     assembly for most CPUs.

 - Function: mp_limb_t mpn_sub_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
          mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
     Subtract S2LIMB from {S1P, N}, and write the N least significant
     limbs of the result to RP.  Return borrow, either 0 or 1.

 - Function: mp_limb_t mpn_sub (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
          mp_size_t S1N, const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N)
     Subtract {S2P, S2N} from {S1P, S1N}, and write the S1N least
     significant limbs of the result to RP.  Return borrow, either 0 or
     1.

     This function requires that S1N is greater than or equal to S2N.

 - Function: void mpn_mul_n (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P, const
          mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
     Multiply {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}, and write the 2*N-limb result to
     RP.

     The destination has to have space for 2*N limbs, even if the
     product's most significant limb is zero.

 - Function: mp_limb_t mpn_mul_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
          mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
     Multiply {S1P, N} by S2LIMB, and write the N least significant
     limbs of the product to RP.  Return the most significant limb of
     the product.  {S1P, N} and {RP, N} are allowed to overlap provided
     RP <= S1P.

     This is a low-level function that is a building block for general
     multiplication as well as other operations in GMP.  It is written
     in assembly for most CPUs.

     Don't call this function if S2LIMB is a power of 2; use
     `mpn_lshift' with a count equal to the logarithm of S2LIMB
     instead, for optimal speed.

 - Function: mp_limb_t mpn_addmul_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t
          *S1P, mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
     Multiply {S1P, N} and S2LIMB, and add the N least significant
     limbs of the product to {RP, N} and write the result to RP.
     Return the most significant limb of the product, plus carry-out
     from the addition.

     This is a low-level function that is a building block for general
     multiplication as well as other operations in GMP.  It is written
     in assembly for most CPUs.

 - Function: mp_limb_t mpn_submul_1 (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t
          *S1P, mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
     Multiply {S1P, N} and S2LIMB, and subtract the N least significant
     limbs of the product from {RP, N} and write the result to RP.
     Return the most significant limb of the product, minus borrow-out
     from the subtraction.

     This is a low-level function that is a building block for general
     multiplication and division as well as other operations in GMP.
     It is written in assembly for most CPUs.

 - Function: mp_limb_t mpn_mul (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *S1P,
          mp_size_t S1N, const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N)
     Multiply {S1P, S1N} and {S2P, S2N}, and write the result to RP.
     Return the most significant limb of the result.

     The destination has to have space for S1N + S2N limbs, even if the
     result might be one limb smaller.

     This function requires that S1N is greater than or equal to S2N.
     The destination must be distinct from both input operands.

 - Function: void mpn_tdiv_qr (mp_limb_t *QP, mp_limb_t *RP, mp_size_t
          QXN, const mp_limb_t *NP, mp_size_t NN, const mp_limb_t *DP,
          mp_size_t DN)
     Divide {NP, NN} by {DP, DN} and put the quotient at {QP, NN-DN+1}
     and the remainder at {RP, DN}.  The quotient is rounded towards 0.

     No overlap is permitted between arguments.  NN must be greater
     than or equal to DN.  The most significant limb of DP must be
     non-zero.  The QXN operand must be zero.

 - Function: mp_limb_t mpn_divrem (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_size_t QXN,
          mp_limb_t *RS2P, mp_size_t RS2N, const mp_limb_t *S3P,
          mp_size_t S3N)
     [This function is obsolete.  Please call `mpn_tdiv_qr' instead for
     best performance.]

     Divide {RS2P, RS2N} by {S3P, S3N}, and write the quotient at R1P,
     with the exception of the most significant limb, which is
     returned.  The remainder replaces the dividend at RS2P; it will be
     S3N limbs long (i.e., as many limbs as the divisor).

     In addition to an integer quotient, QXN fraction limbs are
     developed, and stored after the integral limbs.  For most usages,
     QXN will be zero.

     It is required that RS2N is greater than or equal to S3N.  It is
     required that the most significant bit of the divisor is set.

     If the quotient is not needed, pass RS2P + S3N as R1P.  Aside from
     that special case, no overlap between arguments is permitted.

     Return the most significant limb of the quotient, either 0 or 1.

     The area at R1P needs to be RS2N - S3N + QXN limbs large.

 - Function: mp_limb_t mpn_divrem_1 (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_size_t QXN,
          mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N, mp_limb_t S3LIMB)
 - Macro: mp_limb_t mpn_divmod_1 (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_limb_t *S2P,
          mp_size_t S2N, mp_limb_t S3LIMB)
     Divide {S2P, S2N} by S3LIMB, and write the quotient at R1P.
     Return the remainder.

     The integer quotient is written to {R1P+QXN, S2N} and in addition
     QXN fraction limbs are developed and written to {R1P, QXN}.
     Either or both S2N and QXN can be zero.  For most usages, QXN will
     be zero.

     `mpn_divmod_1' exists for upward source compatibility and is
     simply a macro calling `mpn_divrem_1' with a QXN of 0.

     The areas at R1P and S2P have to be identical or completely
     separate, not partially overlapping.

 - Function: mp_limb_t mpn_divmod (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_limb_t *RS2P,
          mp_size_t RS2N, const mp_limb_t *S3P, mp_size_t S3N)
     [This function is obsolete.  Please call `mpn_tdiv_qr' instead for
     best performance.]

 - Macro: mp_limb_t mpn_divexact_by3 (mp_limb_t *RP, mp_limb_t *SP,
          mp_size_t N)
 - Function: mp_limb_t mpn_divexact_by3c (mp_limb_t *RP, mp_limb_t *SP,
          mp_size_t N, mp_limb_t CARRY)
     Divide {SP, N} by 3, expecting it to divide exactly, and writing
     the result to {RP, N}.  If 3 divides exactly, the return value is
     zero and the result is the quotient.  If not, the return value is
     non-zero and the result won't be anything useful.

     `mpn_divexact_by3c' takes an initial carry parameter, which can be
     the return value from a previous call, so a large calculation can
     be done piece by piece from low to high.  `mpn_divexact_by3' is
     simply a macro calling `mpn_divexact_by3c' with a 0 carry
     parameter.

     These routines use a multiply-by-inverse and will be faster than
     `mpn_divrem_1' on CPUs with fast multiplication but slow division.

     The source a, result q, size n, initial carry i, and return value
     c satisfy c*b^n + a-i = 3*q, where b=2^mp_bits_per_limb.  The
     return c is always 0, 1 or 2, and the initial carry i must also be
     0, 1 or 2 (these are both borrows really).  When c=0 clearly
     q=(a-i)/3.  When c!=0, the remainder (a-i) mod 3 is given by 3-c,
     because b == 1 mod 3 (when `mp_bits_per_limb' is even, which is
     always so currently).

 - Function: mp_limb_t mpn_mod_1 (mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_size_t S1N,
          mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
     Divide {S1P, S1N} by S2LIMB, and return the remainder.  S1N can be
     zero.

 - Function: mp_limb_t mpn_bdivmod (mp_limb_t *RP, mp_limb_t *S1P,
          mp_size_t S1N, const mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N, unsigned
          long int D)
     This function puts the low floor(D/mp_bits_per_limb) limbs of Q =
     {S1P, S1N}/{S2P, S2N} mod 2^D at RP, and returns the high D mod
     `mp_bits_per_limb' bits of Q.

     {S1P, S1N} - Q * {S2P, S2N} mod 2^(S1N*mp_bits_per_limb) is placed
     at S1P.  Since the low floor(D/mp_bits_per_limb) limbs of this
     difference are zero, it is possible to overwrite the low limbs at
     S1P with this difference, provided RP <= S1P.

     This function requires that S1N * mp_bits_per_limb >= D, and that
     {S2P, S2N} is odd.

     *This interface is preliminary.  It might change incompatibly in
     future revisions.*

 - Function: mp_limb_t mpn_lshift (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *SP,
          mp_size_t N, unsigned int COUNT)
     Shift {SP, N} left by COUNT bits, and write the result to {RP, N}.
     The bits shifted out at the left are returned in the least
     significant COUNT bits of the return value (the rest of the return
     value is zero).

     COUNT must be in the range 1 to mp_bits_per_limb-1.  The regions
     {SP, N} and {RP, N} may overlap, provided RP >= SP.

     This function is written in assembly for most CPUs.

 - Function: mp_limb_t mpn_rshift (mp_limb_t *RP, const mp_limb_t *SP,
          mp_size_t N, unsigned int COUNT)
     Shift {SP, N} right by COUNT bits, and write the result to {RP,
     N}.  The bits shifted out at the right are returned in the most
     significant COUNT bits of the return value (the rest of the return
     value is zero).

     COUNT must be in the range 1 to mp_bits_per_limb-1.  The regions
     {SP, N} and {RP, N} may overlap, provided RP <= SP.

     This function is written in assembly for most CPUs.

 - Function: int mpn_cmp (const mp_limb_t *S1P, const mp_limb_t *S2P,
          mp_size_t N)
     Compare {S1P, N} and {S2P, N} and return a positive value if S1 >
     S2, 0 if they are equal, or a negative value if S1 < S2.

 - Function: mp_size_t mpn_gcd (mp_limb_t *RP, mp_limb_t *S1P,
          mp_size_t S1N, mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t S2N)
     Set {RP, RETVAL} to the greatest common divisor of {S1P, S1N} and
     {S2P, S2N}.  The result can be up to S2N limbs, the return value
     is the actual number produced.  Both source operands are destroyed.

     {S1P, S1N} must have at least as many bits as {S2P, S2N}.  {S2P,
     S2N} must be odd.  Both operands must have non-zero most
     significant limbs.  No overlap is permitted between {S1P, S1N} and
     {S2P, S2N}.

 - Function: mp_limb_t mpn_gcd_1 (const mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_size_t S1N,
          mp_limb_t S2LIMB)
     Return the greatest common divisor of {S1P, S1N} and S2LIMB.  Both
     operands must be non-zero.

 - Function: mp_size_t mpn_gcdext (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_limb_t *R2P,
          mp_size_t *R2N, mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_size_t S1N, mp_limb_t
          *S2P, mp_size_t S2N)
     Calculate the greatest common divisor of {S1P, S1N} and {S2P,
     S2N}.  Store the gcd at {R1P, RETVAL} and the first cofactor at
     {R2P, *R2N}, with *R2N negative if the cofactor is negative.  R1P
     and R2P should each have room for S1N+1 limbs, but the return
     value and value stored through R2N indicate the actual number
     produced.

     {S1P, S1N} >= {S2P, S2N} is required, and both must be non-zero.
     The regions {S1P, S1N+1} and {S2P, S2N+1} are destroyed (i.e. the
     operands plus an extra limb past the end of each).

     The cofactor R1 will satisfy R2*S1 + K*S2 = R1.  The second
     cofactor K is not calculated but can easily be obtained from (R1 -
     R2*S1) / S2.

 - Function: mp_size_t mpn_sqrtrem (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_limb_t *R2P,
          const mp_limb_t *SP, mp_size_t N)
     Compute the square root of {SP, N} and put the result at {R1P,
     ceil(N/2)} and the remainder at {R2P, RETVAL}.  R2P needs space
     for N limbs, but the return value indicates how many are produced.

     The most significant limb of {SP, N} must be non-zero.  The areas
     {R1P, ceil(N/2)} and {SP, N} must be completely separate.  The
     areas {R2P, N} and {SP, N} must be either identical or completely
     separate.

     If the remainder is not wanted then R2P can be `NULL', and in this
     case the return value is zero or non-zero according to whether the
     remainder would have been zero or non-zero.

     A return value of zero indicates a perfect square.  See also
     `mpz_perfect_square_p'.

 - Function: mp_size_t mpn_get_str (unsigned char *STR, int BASE,
          mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_size_t S1N)
     Convert {S1P, S1N} to a raw unsigned char array at STR in base
     BASE, and return the number of characters produced.  There may be
     leading zeros in the string.  The string is not in ASCII; to
     convert it to printable format, add the ASCII codes for `0' or
     `A', depending on the base and range.  BASE can vary from 2 to 256.

     The most significant limb of the input {S1P, S1N} must be
     non-zero.  The input {S1P, S1N} is clobbered, except when BASE is
     a power of 2, in which case it's unchanged.

     The area at STR has to have space for the largest possible number
     represented by a S1N long limb array, plus one extra character.

 - Function: mp_size_t mpn_set_str (mp_limb_t *RP, const unsigned char
          *STR, size_t STRSIZE, int BASE)
     Convert bytes {STR,STRSIZE} in the given BASE to limbs at RP.

     STR[0] is the most significant byte and STR[STRSIZE-1] is the
     least significant.  Each byte should be a value in the range 0 to
     BASE-1, not an ASCII character.  BASE can vary from 2 to 256.

     The return value is the number of limbs written to RP.  If the most
     significant input byte is non-zero then the high limb at RP will be
     non-zero, and only that exact number of limbs will be required
     there.

     If the most significant input byte is zero then there may be high
     zero limbs written to RP and included in the return value.

     STRSIZE must be at least 1, and no overlap is permitted between
     {STR,STRSIZE} and the result at RP.

 - Function: unsigned long int mpn_scan0 (const mp_limb_t *S1P,
          unsigned long int BIT)
     Scan S1P from bit position BIT for the next clear bit.

     It is required that there be a clear bit within the area at S1P at
     or beyond bit position BIT, so that the function has something to
     return.

 - Function: unsigned long int mpn_scan1 (const mp_limb_t *S1P,
          unsigned long int BIT)
     Scan S1P from bit position BIT for the next set bit.

     It is required that there be a set bit within the area at S1P at or
     beyond bit position BIT, so that the function has something to
     return.

 - Function: void mpn_random (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_size_t R1N)
 - Function: void mpn_random2 (mp_limb_t *R1P, mp_size_t R1N)
     Generate a random number of length R1N and store it at R1P.  The
     most significant limb is always non-zero.  `mpn_random' generates
     uniformly distributed limb data, `mpn_random2' generates long
     strings of zeros and ones in the binary representation.

     `mpn_random2' is intended for testing the correctness of the `mpn'
     routines.

 - Function: unsigned long int mpn_popcount (const mp_limb_t *S1P,
          mp_size_t N)
     Count the number of set bits in {S1P, N}.

 - Function: unsigned long int mpn_hamdist (const mp_limb_t *S1P, const
          mp_limb_t *S2P, mp_size_t N)
     Compute the hamming distance between {S1P, N} and {S2P, N}.

 - Function: int mpn_perfect_square_p (const mp_limb_t *S1P, mp_size_t
          N)
     Return non-zero iff {S1P, N} is a perfect square.


Nails
=====

   *Everything in this section is highly experimental and may disappear
or be subject to incompatible changes in a future version of GMP.*

   Nails are an experimental feature whereby a few bits are left unused
at the top of each `mp_limb_t'.  This can significantly improve carry
handling on some processors.

   All the `mpn' functions accepting limb data will expect the nail
bits to be zero on entry, and will return data with the nails similarly
all zero.  This applies both to limb vectors and to single limb
arguments.

   Nails can be enabled by configuring with `--enable-nails'.  By
default the number of bits will be chosen according to what suits the
host processor, but a particular number can be selected with
`--enable-nails=N'.

   At the mpn level, a nail build is neither source nor binary
compatible with a non-nail build, strictly speaking.  But programs
acting on limbs only through the mpn functions are likely to work
equally well with either build, and judicious use of the definitions
below should make any program compatible with either build, at the
source level.

   For the higher level routines, meaning `mpz' etc, a nail build
should be fully source and binary compatible with a non-nail build.

 - Macro: GMP_NAIL_BITS
 - Macro: GMP_NUMB_BITS
 - Macro: GMP_LIMB_BITS
     `GMP_NAIL_BITS' is the number of nail bits, or 0 when nails are
     not in use.  `GMP_NUMB_BITS' is the number of data bits in a limb.
     `GMP_LIMB_BITS' is the total number of bits in an `mp_limb_t'.  In
     all cases

          GMP_LIMB_BITS == GMP_NAIL_BITS + GMP_NUMB_BITS

 - Macro: GMP_NAIL_MASK
 - Macro: GMP_NUMB_MASK
     Bit masks for the nail and number parts of a limb.
     `GMP_NAIL_MASK' is 0 when nails are not in use.

     `GMP_NAIL_MASK' is not often needed, since the nail part can be
     obtained with `x >> GMP_NUMB_BITS', and that means one less large
     constant, which can help various RISC chips.

 - Macro: GMP_NUMB_MAX
     The maximum value that can be stored in the number part of a limb.
     This is the same as `GMP_NUMB_MASK', but can be used for clarity
     when doing comparisons rather than bit-wise operations.

   The term "nails" comes from finger or toe nails, which are at the
ends of a limb (arm or leg).  "numb" is short for number, but is also
how the developers felt after trying for a long time to come up with
sensible names for these things.

   In the future (the distant future most likely) a non-zero nail might
be permitted, giving non-unique representations for numbers in a limb
vector.  This would help vector processors since carries would only
ever need to propagate one or two limbs.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Random Number Functions,  Next: Formatted Output,  Prev: Low-level Functions,  Up: Top

Random Number Functions
***********************

   Sequences of pseudo-random numbers in GMP are generated using a
variable of type `gmp_randstate_t', which holds an algorithm selection
and a current state.  Such a variable must be initialized by a call to
one of the `gmp_randinit' functions, and can be seeded with one of the
`gmp_randseed' functions.

   The functions actually generating random numbers are described in
*Note Integer Random Numbers::, and *Note Miscellaneous Float
Functions::.

   The older style random number functions don't accept a
`gmp_randstate_t' parameter but instead share a global variable of that
type.  They use a default algorithm and are currently not seeded
(though perhaps that will change in the future).  The new functions
accepting a `gmp_randstate_t' are recommended for applications that
care about randomness.

* Menu:

* Random State Initialization::
* Random State Seeding::


File: gmp.info,  Node: Random State Initialization,  Next: Random State Seeding,  Prev: Random Number Functions,  Up: Random Number Functions

Random State Initialization
===========================

 - Function: void gmp_randinit_default (gmp_randstate_t STATE)
     Initialize STATE with a default algorithm.  This will be a
     compromise between speed and randomness, and is recommended for
     applications with no special requirements.

 - Function: void gmp_randinit_lc_2exp (gmp_randstate_t STATE, mpz_t A,
          unsigned long C, unsigned long M2EXP)
     Initialize STATE with a linear congruential algorithm X = (A*X +
     C) mod 2^M2EXP.

     The low bits of X in this algorithm are not very random.  The least
     significant bit will have a period no more than 2, and the second
     bit no more than 4, etc.  For this reason only the high half of
     each X is actually used.

     When a random number of more than M2EXP/2 bits is to be generated,
     multiple iterations of the recurrence are used and the results
     concatenated.

 - Function: int gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size (gmp_randstate_t STATE,
          unsigned long SIZE)
     Initialize STATE for a linear congruential algorithm as per
     `gmp_randinit_lc_2exp'.  A, C and M2EXP are selected from a table,
     chosen so that SIZE bits (or more) of each X will be used, ie.
     M2EXP/2 >= SIZE.

     If successful the return value is non-zero.  If SIZE is bigger
     than the table data provides then the return value is zero.  The
     maximum SIZE currently supported is 128.

 - Function: void gmp_randinit (gmp_randstate_t STATE,
          gmp_randalg_t ALG, ...)
     *This function is obsolete.*

     Initialize STATE with an algorithm selected by ALG.  The only
     choice is `GMP_RAND_ALG_LC', which is `gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size'.
     A third parameter of type `unsigned long' is required, this is the
     SIZE for that function.  `GMP_RAND_ALG_DEFAULT' or 0 are the same
     as `GMP_RAND_ALG_LC'.

     `gmp_randinit' sets bits in `gmp_errno' to indicate an error.
     `GMP_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_ARGUMENT' if ALG is unsupported, or
     `GMP_ERROR_INVALID_ARGUMENT' if the SIZE parameter is too big.

 - Function: void gmp_randclear (gmp_randstate_t STATE)
     Free all memory occupied by STATE.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Random State Seeding,  Prev: Random State Initialization,  Up: Random Number Functions

Random State Seeding
====================

 - Function: void gmp_randseed (gmp_randstate_t STATE, mpz_t SEED)
 - Function: void gmp_randseed_ui (gmp_randstate_t STATE,
          unsigned long int SEED)
     Set an initial seed value into STATE.

     The size of a seed determines how many different sequences of
     random numbers that it's possible to generate.  The "quality" of
     the seed is the randomness of a given seed compared to the
     previous seed used, and this affects the randomness of separate
     number sequences.  The method for choosing a seed is critical if
     the generated numbers are to be used for important applications,
     such as generating cryptographic keys.

     Traditionally the system time has been used to seed, but care
     needs to be taken with this.  If an application seeds often and
     the resolution of the system clock is low, then the same sequence
     of numbers might be repeated.  Also, the system time is quite easy
     to guess, so if unpredictability is required then it should
     definitely not be the only source for the seed value.  On some
     systems there's a special device `/dev/random' which provides
     random data better suited for use as a seed.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Formatted Output,  Next: Formatted Input,  Prev: Random Number Functions,  Up: Top

Formatted Output
****************

* Menu:

* Formatted Output Strings::
* Formatted Output Functions::
* C++ Formatted Output::


File: gmp.info,  Node: Formatted Output Strings,  Next: Formatted Output Functions,  Prev: Formatted Output,  Up: Formatted Output

Format Strings
==============

   `gmp_printf' and friends accept format strings similar to the
standard C `printf' (*note Formatted Output: (libc)Formatted Output.).
A format specification is of the form

     % [flags] [width] [.[precision]] [type] conv

   GMP adds types `Z', `Q' and `F' for `mpz_t', `mpq_t' and `mpf_t'
respectively, and `N' for an `mp_limb_t' array.  `Z', `Q' and `N'
behave like integers.  `Q' will print a `/' and a denominator, if
needed.  `F' behaves like a float.  For example,

     mpz_t z;
     gmp_printf ("%s is an mpz %Zd\n", "here", z);
     
     mpq_t q;
     gmp_printf ("a hex rational: %#40Qx\n", q);
     
     mpf_t f;
     int   n;
     gmp_printf ("fixed point mpf %.*Ff with %d digits\n", n, f, n);
     
     const mp_limb_t *ptr;
     mp_size_t       size;
     gmp_printf ("limb array %Nx\n", ptr, size);

   For `N' the limbs are expected least significant first, as per the
`mpn' functions (*note Low-level Functions::).  A negative size can be
given to print the value as a negative.

   All the standard C `printf' types behave the same as the C library
`printf', and can be freely intermixed with the GMP extensions.  In the
current implementation the standard parts of the format string are
simply handed to `printf' and only the GMP extensions handled directly.

   The flags accepted are as follows.  GLIBC style ' is only for the
standard C types (not the GMP types), and only if the C library
supports it.

     0         pad with zeros (rather than spaces)
     #         show the base with `0x', `0X' or `0'
     +         always show a sign
     (space)   show a space or a `-' sign
     '         group digits, GLIBC style (not GMP types)

   The optional width and precision can be given as a number within the
format string, or as a `*' to take an extra parameter of type `int', the
same as the standard `printf'.

   The standard types accepted are as follows.  `h' and `l' are
portable, the rest will depend on the compiler (or include files) for
the type and the C library for the output.

     h         short
     hh        char
     j         intmax_t or uintmax_t
     l         long or wchar_t
     ll        long long
     L         long double
     q         quad_t or u_quad_t
     t         ptrdiff_t
     z         size_t

The GMP types are

     F         mpf_t, float conversions
     Q         mpq_t, integer conversions
     N         mp_limb_t array, integer conversions
     Z         mpz_t, integer conversions

   The conversions accepted are as follows.  `a' and `A' are always
supported for `mpf_t' but depend on the C library for standard C float
types.  `m' and `p' depend on the C library.

     a A       hex floats, C99 style
     c         character
     d         decimal integer
     e E       scientific format float
     f         fixed point float
     i         same as d
     g G       fixed or scientific float
     m         `strerror' string, GLIBC style
     n         store characters written so far
     o         octal integer
     p         pointer
     s         string
     u         unsigned integer
     x X       hex integer

   `o', `x' and `X' are unsigned for the standard C types, but for
types `Z', `Q' and `N' they are signed.  `u' is not meaningful for `Z',
`Q' and `N'.

   `n' can be used with any type, even the GMP types.

   Other types or conversions that might be accepted by the C library
`printf' cannot be used through `gmp_printf', this includes for
instance extensions registered with GLIBC `register_printf_function'.
Also currently there's no support for POSIX `$' style numbered arguments
(perhaps this will be added in the future).

   The precision field has it's usual meaning for integer `Z' and float
`F' types, but is currently undefined for `Q' and should not be used
with that.

   `mpf_t' conversions only ever generate as many digits as can be
accurately represented by the operand, the same as `mpf_get_str' does.
Zeros will be used if necessary to pad to the requested precision.  This
happens even for an `f' conversion of an `mpf_t' which is an integer,
for instance 2^1024 in an `mpf_t' of 128 bits precision will only
produce about 40 digits, then pad with zeros to the decimal point.  An
empty precision field like `%.Fe' or `%.Ff' can be used to specifically
request just the significant digits.

   The decimal point character (or string) is taken from the current
locale settings on systems which provide `localeconv' (*note Locales
and Internationalization: (libc)Locales.).  The C library will normally
do the same for standard float output.

   The format string is only interpreted as plain `char's, multibyte
characters are not recognised.  Perhaps this will change in the future.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Formatted Output Functions,  Next: C++ Formatted Output,  Prev: Formatted Output Strings,  Up: Formatted Output

Functions
=========

   Each of the following functions is similar to the corresponding C
library function.  The basic `printf' forms take a variable argument
list.  The `vprintf' forms take an argument pointer, see *Note Variadic
Functions: (libc)Variadic Functions, or `man 3 va_start'.

   It should be emphasised that if a format string is invalid, or the
arguments don't match what the format specifies, then the behaviour of
any of these functions will be unpredictable.  GCC format string
checking is not available, since it doesn't recognise the GMP
extensions.

   The file based functions `gmp_printf' and `gmp_fprintf' will return
-1 to indicate a write error.  All the functions can return -1 if the C
library `printf' variant in use returns -1, but this shouldn't normally
occur.

 - Function: int gmp_printf (const char *FMT, ...)
 - Function: int gmp_vprintf (const char *FMT, va_list AP)
     Print to the standard output `stdout'.  Return the number of
     characters written, or -1 if an error occurred.

 - Function: int gmp_fprintf (FILE *FP, const char *FMT, ...)
 - Function: int gmp_vfprintf (FILE *FP, const char *FMT, va_list AP)
     Print to the stream FP.  Return the number of characters written,
     or -1 if an error occurred.

 - Function: int gmp_sprintf (char *BUF, const char *FMT, ...)
 - Function: int gmp_vsprintf (char *BUF, const char *FMT, va_list AP)
     Form a null-terminated string in BUF.  Return the number of
     characters written, excluding the terminating null.

     No overlap is permitted between the space at BUF and the string
     FMT.

     These functions are not recommended, since there's no protection
     against exceeding the space available at BUF.

 - Function: int gmp_snprintf (char *BUF, size_t SIZE, const char *FMT,
          ...)
 - Function: int gmp_vsnprintf (char *BUF, size_t SIZE, const char
          *FMT, va_list AP)
     Form a null-terminated string in BUF.  No more than SIZE bytes
     will be written.  To get the full output, SIZE must be enough for
     the string and null-terminator.

     The return value is the total number of characters which ought to
     have been produced, excluding the terminating null.  If RETVAL >=
     SIZE then the actual output has been truncated to the first SIZE-1
     characters, and a null appended.

     No overlap is permitted between the region {BUF,SIZE} and the FMT
     string.

     Notice the return value is in ISO C99 `snprintf' style.  This is
     so even if the C library `vsnprintf' is the older GLIBC 2.0.x
     style.

 - Function: int gmp_asprintf (char **PP, const char *FMT, ...)
 - Function: int gmp_vasprintf (char *PP, const char *FMT, va_list AP)
     Form a null-terminated string in a block of memory obtained from
     the current memory allocation function (*note Custom
     Allocation::).  The block will be the size of the string and
     null-terminator.  Put the address of the block in *PP.  Return the
     number of characters produced, excluding the null-terminator.

     Unlike the C library `asprintf', `gmp_asprintf' doesn't return -1
     if there's no more memory available, it lets the current allocation
     function handle that.

 - Function: int gmp_obstack_printf (struct obstack *OB, const char
          *FMT, ...)
 - Function: int gmp_obstack_vprintf (struct obstack *OB, const char
          *FMT, va_list AP)
     Append to the current obstack object, in the same style as
     `obstack_printf'.  Return the number of characters written.  A
     null-terminator is not written.

     FMT cannot be within the current obstack object, since the object
     might move as it grows.

     These functions are available only when the C library provides the
     obstack feature, which probably means only on GNU systems, see
     *Note Obstacks: (libc)Obstacks.


File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Formatted Output,  Prev: Formatted Output Functions,  Up: Formatted Output

C++ Formatted Output
====================

   The following functions are provided in `libgmpxx', which is built
if C++ support is enabled (*note Build Options::).  Prototypes are
available from `<gmp.h>'.

 - Function: ostream& operator<< (ostream& STREAM, mpz_t OP)
     Print OP to STREAM, using its `ios' formatting settings.
     `ios::width' is reset to 0 after output, the same as the standard
     `ostream operator<<' routines do.

     In hex or octal, OP is printed as a signed number, the same as for
     decimal.  This is unlike the standard `operator<<' routines on
     `int' etc, which instead give twos complement.

 - Function: ostream& operator<< (ostream& STREAM, mpq_t OP)
     Print OP to STREAM, using its `ios' formatting settings.
     `ios::width' is reset to 0 after output, the same as the standard
     `ostream operator<<' routines do.

     Output will be a fraction like `5/9', or if the denominator is 1
     then just a plain integer like `123'.

     In hex or octal, OP is printed as a signed value, the same as for
     decimal.  If `ios::showbase' is set then a base indicator is shown
     on both the numerator and denominator (if the denominator is
     required).

 - Function: ostream& operator<< (ostream& STREAM, mpf_t OP)
     Print OP to STREAM, using its `ios' formatting settings.
     `ios::width' is reset to 0 after output, the same as the standard
     `ostream operator<<' routines do.  The decimal point follows the
     current locale, on systems providing `localeconv'.

     Hex and octal are supported, unlike the standard `operator<<' on
     `double'.  The mantissa will be in hex or octal, the exponent will
     be in decimal.  For hex the exponent delimiter is an `@'.  This is
     as per `mpf_out_str'.

     `ios::showbase' is supported, and will put a base on the mantissa,
     for example hex `0x1.8' or `0x0.8', or octal `01.4' or `00.4'.
     This last form is slightly strange, but at least differentiates
     itself from decimal.

   These operators mean that GMP types can be printed in the usual C++
way, for example,

     mpz_t  z;
     int    n;
     ...
     cout << "iteration " << n << " value " << z << "\n";

   But note that `ostream' output (and `istream' input, *note C++
Formatted Input::) is the only overloading available and using for
instance `+' with an `mpz_t' will have unpredictable results.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Formatted Input,  Next: C++ Class Interface,  Prev: Formatted Output,  Up: Top

Formatted Input
***************

* Menu:

* Formatted Input Strings::
* Formatted Input Functions::
* C++ Formatted Input::


File: gmp.info,  Node: Formatted Input Strings,  Next: Formatted Input Functions,  Prev: Formatted Input,  Up: Formatted Input

Formatted Input Strings
=======================

   `gmp_scanf' and friends accept format strings similar to the
standard C `scanf' (*note Formatted Input: (libc)Formatted Input.).  A
format specification is of the form

     % [flags] [width] [type] conv

   GMP adds types `Z', `Q' and `F' for `mpz_t', `mpq_t' and `mpf_t'
respectively.  `Z' and `Q' behave like integers.  `Q' will read a `/'
and a denominator, if present.  `F' behaves like a float.

   GMP variables don't require an `&' when passed to `gmp_scanf', since
they're already "call-by-reference".  For example,

     /* to read say "a(5) = 1234" */
     int   n;
     mpz_t z;
     gmp_scanf ("a(%d) = %Zd\n", &n, z);
     
     mpq_t q1, q2;
     gmp_sscanf ("0377 + 0x10/0x11", "%Qi + %Qi", q1, q2);
     
     /* to read say "topleft (1.55,-2.66)" */
     mpf_t x, y;
     char  buf[32];
     gmp_scanf ("%31s (%Ff,%Ff)", buf, x, y);

   All the standard C `scanf' types behave the same as in the C library
`scanf', and can be freely intermixed with the GMP extensions.  In the
current implementation the standard parts of the format string are
simply handed to `scanf' and only the GMP extensions handled directly.

   The flags accepted are as follows.  `a' and `'' will depend on
support from the C library, and `'' cannot be used with GMP types.

     *         read but don't store
     a         allocate a buffer (string conversions)
     '         group digits, GLIBC style (not GMP types)

   The standard types accepted are as follows.  `h' and `l' are
portable, the rest will depend on the compiler (or include files) for
the type and the C library for the input.

     h         short
     hh        char
     j         intmax_t or uintmax_t
     l         long int, double or wchar_t
     ll        long long
     L         long double
     q         quad_t or u_quad_t
     t         ptrdiff_t
     z         size_t

The GMP types are

     F         mpf_t, float conversions
     Q         mpq_t, integer conversions
     Z         mpz_t, integer conversions

   The conversions accepted are as follows.  `p' and `[' will depend on
support from the C library, the rest are standard.

     c         character or characters
     d         decimal integer
     e E f g G float
     i         integer with base indicator
     n         characters read so far
     o         octal integer
     p         pointer
     s         string of non-whitespace characters
     u         decimal integer
     x X       hex integer
     [         string of characters in a set

   `e', `E', `f', `g' and `G' are identical, they all read either fixed
point or scientific format, and either `e' or `E' for the exponent in
scientific format.

   `x' and `X' are identical, both accept both upper and lower case
hexadecimal.

   `o', `u', `x' and `X' all read positive or negative values.  For the
standard C types these are described as "unsigned" conversions, but
that merely affects certain overflow handling, negatives are still
allowed (see `strtoul', *Note Parsing of Integers: (libc)Parsing of
Integers).  For GMP types there are no overflows, and `d' and `u' are
identical.

   `Q' type reads the numerator and (optional) denominator as given.
If the value might not be in canonical form then `mpq_canonicalize'
must be called before using it in any calculations (*note Rational
Number Functions::).

   `Qi' will read a base specification separately for the numerator and
denominator.  For example `0x10/11' would be 16/11, whereas `0x10/0x11'
would be 16/17.

   `n' can be used with any of the types above, even the GMP types.
`*' to suppress assignment is allowed, though the field would then do
nothing at all.

   Other conversions or types that might be accepted by the C library
`scanf' cannot be used through `gmp_scanf'.

   Whitespace is read and discarded before a field, except for `c' and
`[' conversions.

   For float conversions, the decimal point character (or string)
expected is taken from the current locale settings on systems which
provide `localeconv' (*note Locales and Internationalization:
(libc)Locales.).  The C library will normally do the same for standard
float input.

   The format string is only interpreted as plain `char's, multibyte
characters are not recognised.  Perhaps this will change in the future.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Formatted Input Functions,  Next: C++ Formatted Input,  Prev: Formatted Input Strings,  Up: Formatted Input

Formatted Input Functions
=========================

   Each of the following functions is similar to the corresponding C
library function.  The plain `scanf' forms take a variable argument
list.  The `vscanf' forms take an argument pointer, see *Note Variadic
Functions: (libc)Variadic Functions, or `man 3 va_start'.

   It should be emphasised that if a format string is invalid, or the
arguments don't match what the format specifies, then the behaviour of
any of these functions will be unpredictable.  GCC format string
checking is not available, since it doesn't recognise the GMP
extensions.

   No overlap is permitted between the FMT string and any of the results
produced.

 - Function: int gmp_scanf (const char *FMT, ...)
 - Function: int gmp_vscanf (const char *FMT, va_list AP)
     Read from the standard input `stdin'.

 - Function: int gmp_fscanf (FILE *FP, const char *FMT, ...)
 - Function: int gmp_vfscanf (FILE *FP, const char *FMT, va_list AP)
     Read from the stream FP.

 - Function: int gmp_sscanf (const char *S, const char *FMT, ...)
 - Function: int gmp_vsscanf (const char *S, const char *FMT, va_list
          AP)
     Read from a null-terminated string S.

   The return value from each of these functions is the same as the
standard C99 `scanf', namely the number of fields successfully parsed
and stored.  `%n' fields and fields read but suppressed by `*' don't
count towards the return value.

   If end of file or file error, or end of string, is reached when a
match is required, and when no previous non-suppressed fields have
matched, then the return value is EOF instead of 0.  A match is
required for a literal character in the format string or a field other
than `%n'.  Whitespace in the format string is only an optional match
and won't induce an EOF in this fashion.  Leading whitespace read and
discarded for a field doesn't count as a match.


File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Formatted Input,  Prev: Formatted Input Functions,  Up: Formatted Input

C++ Formatted Input
===================

   The following functions are provided in `libgmpxx', which is built
only if C++ support is enabled (*note Build Options::).  Prototypes are
available from `<gmp.h>'.

 - Function: istream& operator>> (istream& STREAM, mpz_t ROP)
     Read ROP from STREAM, using its `ios' formatting settings.

 - Function: istream& operator>> (istream& STREAM, mpq_t ROP)
     Read ROP from STREAM, using its `ios' formatting settings.

     An integer like `123' will be read, or a fraction like `5/9'.  If
     the fraction is not in canonical form then `mpq_canonicalize' must
     be called (*note Rational Number Functions::).

 - Function: istream& operator>> (istream& STREAM, mpf_t ROP)
     Read ROP from STREAM, using its `ios' formatting settings.

     Hex or octal floats are not supported, but might be in the future.

   These operators mean that GMP types can be read in the usual C++
way, for example,

     mpz_t  z;
     ...
     cin >> z;

   But note that `istream' input (and `ostream' output, *note C++
Formatted Output::) is the only overloading available and using for
instance `+' with an `mpz_t' will have unpredictable results.


File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Class Interface,  Next: BSD Compatible Functions,  Prev: Formatted Input,  Up: Top

C++ Class Interface
*******************

   This chapter describes the C++ class based interface to GMP.

   All GMP C language types and functions can be used in C++ programs,
since `gmp.h' has `extern "C"' qualifiers, but the class interface
offers overloaded functions and operators which may be more convenient.

   Due to the implementation of this interface, a reasonably recent C++
compiler is required, one supporting namespaces, partial specialization
of templates and member templates.  For GCC this means version 2.91 or
later.

   *Everything described in this chapter is to be considered preliminary
and might be subject to incompatible changes if some unforeseen
difficulty reveals itself.*

* Menu:

* C++ Interface General::
* C++ Interface Integers::
* C++ Interface Rationals::
* C++ Interface Floats::
* C++ Interface MPFR::
* C++ Interface Random Numbers::
* C++ Interface Limitations::


File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Interface General,  Next: C++ Interface Integers,  Prev: C++ Class Interface,  Up: C++ Class Interface

C++ Interface General
=====================

All the C++ classes and functions are available with

     #include <gmpxx.h>

   Programs should be linked with the `libgmpxx' and `libgmp'
libraries.  For example,

     g++ mycxxprog.cc -lgmpxx -lgmp

The classes defined are

 - Class: mpz_class
 - Class: mpq_class
 - Class: mpf_class

   The standard operators and various standard functions are overloaded
to allow arithmetic with these classes.  For example,

     int
     main (void)
     {
       mpz_class a, b, c;
     
       a = 1234;
       b = "-5678";
       c = a+b;
       cout << "sum is " << c << "\n";
       cout << "absolute value is " << abs(c) << "\n";
     
       return 0;
     }

   An important feature of the implementation is that an expression like
`a=b+c' results in a single call to the corresponding `mpz_add',
without using a temporary for the `b+c' part.  Expressions which by
their nature imply intermediate values, like `a=b*c+d*e', still use
temporaries though.

   The classes can be freely intermixed in expressions, as can the
classes and the standard types `long', `unsigned long' and `double'.
Smaller types like `int' or `float' can also be intermixed, since C++
will promote them.

   Note that `bool' is not accepted directly, but must be explicitly
cast to an `int' first.  This is because C++ will automatically convert
any pointer to a `bool', so if GMP accepted `bool' it would make all
sorts of invalid class and pointer combinations compile but almost
certainly not do anything sensible.

   Conversions back from the classes to standard C++ types aren't done
automatically, instead member functions like `get_si' are provided (see
the following sections for details).

   Also there are no automatic conversions from the classes to the
corresponding GMP C types, instead a reference to the underlying C
object can be obtained with the following functions,

 - Function: mpz_t mpz_class::get_mpz_t ()
 - Function: mpq_t mpq_class::get_mpq_t ()
 - Function: mpf_t mpf_class::get_mpf_t ()

   These can be used to call a C function which doesn't have a C++ class
interface.  For example to set `a' to the GCD of `b' and `c',

     mpz_class a, b, c;
     ...
     mpz_gcd (a.get_mpz_t(), b.get_mpz_t(), c.get_mpz_t());

   In the other direction, a class can be initialized from the
corresponding GMP C type, or assigned to if an explicit constructor is
used.  In both cases this makes a copy of the value, it doesn't create
any sort of association.  For example,

     mpz_t z;
     // ... init and calculate z ...
     mpz_class x(z);
     mpz_class y;
     y = mpz_class (z);

   There are no namespace setups in `gmpxx.h', all types and functions
are simply put into the global namespace.  This is what `gmp.h' has
done in the past, and continues to do for compatibility.  The extras
provided by `gmpxx.h' follow GMP naming conventions and are unlikely to
clash with anything.


File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Interface Integers,  Next: C++ Interface Rationals,  Prev: C++ Interface General,  Up: C++ Class Interface

C++ Interface Integers
======================

 - Function: void mpz_class::mpz_class (type N)
     Construct an `mpz_class'.  All the standard C++ types may be used,
     except `long long' and `long double', and all the GMP C++ classes
     can be used.  Any necessary conversion follows the corresponding C
     function, for example `double' follows `mpz_set_d' (*note
     Assigning Integers::).

 - Function: void mpz_class::mpz_class (mpz_t Z)
     Construct an `mpz_class' from an `mpz_t'.  The value in Z is
     copied into the new `mpz_class', there won't be any permanent
     association between it and Z.

 - Function: void mpz_class::mpz_class (const char *S)
 - Function: void mpz_class::mpz_class (const char *S, int base)
 - Function: void mpz_class::mpz_class (const string& S)
 - Function: void mpz_class::mpz_class (const string& S, int base)
     Construct an `mpz_class' converted from a string using
     `mpz_set_str', (*note Assigning Integers::).  If the BASE is not
     given then 0 is used.

 - Function: mpz_class operator/ (mpz_class A, mpz_class D)
 - Function: mpz_class operator% (mpz_class A, mpz_class D)
     Divisions involving `mpz_class' round towards zero, as per the
     `mpz_tdiv_q' and `mpz_tdiv_r' functions (*note Integer Division::).
     This corresponds to the rounding used for plain `int' calculations
     on most machines.

     The `mpz_fdiv...' or `mpz_cdiv...' functions can always be called
     directly if desired.  For example,

          mpz_class q, a, d;
          ...
          mpz_fdiv_q (q.get_mpz_t(), a.get_mpz_t(), d.get_mpz_t());

 - Function: mpz_class abs (mpz_class OP1)
 - Function: int cmp (mpz_class OP1, type OP2)
 - Function: int cmp (type OP1, mpz_class OP2)
 - Function: double mpz_class::get_d (void)
 - Function: long mpz_class::get_si (void)
 - Function: unsigned long mpz_class::get_ui (void)
 - Function: bool mpz_class::fits_sint_p (void)
 - Function: bool mpz_class::fits_slong_p (void)
 - Function: bool mpz_class::fits_sshort_p (void)
 - Function: bool mpz_class::fits_uint_p (void)
 - Function: bool mpz_class::fits_ulong_p (void)
 - Function: bool mpz_class::fits_ushort_p (void)
 - Function: int sgn (mpz_class OP)
 - Function: mpz_class sqrt (mpz_class OP)
     These functions provide a C++ class interface to the corresponding
     GMP C routines.

     `cmp' can be used with any of the classes or the standard C++
     types, except `long long' and `long double'.


   Overloaded operators for combinations of `mpz_class' and `double'
are provided for completeness, but it should be noted that if the given
`double' is not an integer then the way any rounding is done is
currently unspecified.  The rounding might take place at the start, in
the middle, or at the end of the operation, and it might change in the
future.

   Conversions between `mpz_class' and `double', however, are defined
to follow the corresponding C functions `mpz_get_d' and `mpz_set_d'.
And comparisons are always made exactly, as per `mpz_cmp_d'.


File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Interface Rationals,  Next: C++ Interface Floats,  Prev: C++ Interface Integers,  Up: C++ Class Interface

C++ Interface Rationals
=======================

   In all the following constructors, if a fraction is given then it
should be in canonical form, or if not then `mpq_class::canonicalize'
called.

 - Function: void mpq_class::mpq_class (type OP)
 - Function: void mpq_class::mpq_class (integer NUM, integer DEN)
     Construct an `mpq_class'.  The initial value can be a single value
     of any type, or a pair of integers (`mpz_class' or standard C++
     integer types) representing a fraction, except that `long long'
     and `long double' are not supported.  For example,

          mpq_class q (99);
          mpq_class q (1.75);
          mpq_class q (1, 3);

 - Function: void mpq_class::mpq_class (mpq_t Q)
     Construct an `mpq_class' from an `mpq_t'.  The value in Q is
     copied into the new `mpq_class', there won't be any permanent
     association between it and Q.

 - Function: void mpq_class::mpq_class (const char *S)
 - Function: void mpq_class::mpq_class (const char *S, int base)
 - Function: void mpq_class::mpq_class (const string& S)
 - Function: void mpq_class::mpq_class (const string& S, int base)
     Construct an `mpq_class' converted from a string using
     `mpq_set_str', (*note Initializing Rationals::).  If the BASE is
     not given then 0 is used.

 - Function: void mpq_class::canonicalize ()
     Put an `mpq_class' into canonical form, as per *Note Rational
     Number Functions::.  All arithmetic operators require their
     operands in canonical form, and will return results in canonical
     form.

 - Function: mpq_class abs (mpq_class OP)
 - Function: int cmp (mpq_class OP1, type OP2)
 - Function: int cmp (type OP1, mpq_class OP2)
 - Function: double mpq_class::get_d (void)
 - Function: int sgn (mpq_class OP)
     These functions provide a C++ class interface to the corresponding
     GMP C routines.

     `cmp' can be used with any of the classes or the standard C++
     types, except `long long' and `long double'.

 - Function: mpz_class& mpq_class::get_num ()
 - Function: mpz_class& mpq_class::get_den ()
     Get a reference to an `mpz_class' which is the numerator or
     denominator of an `mpq_class'.  This can be used both for read and
     write access.  If the object returned is modified, it modifies the
     original `mpq_class'.

     If direct manipulation might produce a non-canonical value, then
     `mpq_class::canonicalize' must be called before further operations.

 - Function: mpz_t mpq_class::get_num_mpz_t ()
 - Function: mpz_t mpq_class::get_den_mpz_t ()
     Get a reference to the underlying `mpz_t' numerator or denominator
     of an `mpq_class'.  This can be passed to C functions expecting an
     `mpz_t'.  Any modifications made to the `mpz_t' will modify the
     original `mpq_class'.

     If direct manipulation might produce a non-canonical value, then
     `mpq_class::canonicalize' must be called before further operations.

 - Function: istream& operator>> (istream& STREAM, mpq_class& ROP);
     Read ROP from STREAM, using its `ios' formatting settings, the
     same as `mpq_t operator>>' (*note C++ Formatted Input::).

     If the ROP read might not be in canonical form then
     `mpq_class::canonicalize' must be called.


File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Interface Floats,  Next: C++ Interface MPFR,  Prev: C++ Interface Rationals,  Up: C++ Class Interface

C++ Interface Floats
====================

   When an expression requires the use of temporary intermediate
`mpf_class' values, like `f=g*h+x*y', those temporaries will have the
same precision as the destination `f'.  Explicit constructors can be
used if this doesn't suit.

 - Function:  mpf_class::mpf_class (type OP)
 - Function:  mpf_class::mpf_class (type OP, unsigned long PREC)
     Construct an `mpf_class'.  Any standard C++ type can be used,
     except `long long' and `long double', and any of the GMP C++
     classes can be used.

     If PREC is given, the initial precision is that value, in bits.  If
     PREC is not given, then the initial precision is determined by the
     type of OP given.  An `mpz_class', `mpq_class', string, or C++
     builtin type will give the default `mpf' precision (*note
     Initializing Floats::).  An `mpf_class' or expression will give
     the precision of that value.  The precision of a binary expression
     is the higher of the two operands.

          mpf_class f(1.5);        // default precision
          mpf_class f(1.5, 500);   // 500 bits (at least)
          mpf_class f(x);          // precision of x
          mpf_class f(abs(x));     // precision of x
          mpf_class f(-g, 1000);   // 1000 bits (at least)
          mpf_class f(x+y);        // greater of precisions of x and y

 - Function: mpf_class abs (mpf_class OP)
 - Function: mpf_class ceil (mpf_class OP)
 - Function: int cmp (mpf_class OP1, type OP2)
 - Function: int cmp (type OP1, mpf_class OP2)
 - Function: mpf_class floor (mpf_class OP)
 - Function: mpf_class hypot (mpf_class OP1, mpf_class OP2)
 - Function: double mpf_class::get_d (void)
 - Function: long mpf_class::get_si (void)
 - Function: unsigned long mpf_class::get_ui (void)
 - Function: bool mpf_class::fits_sint_p (void)
 - Function: bool mpf_class::fits_slong_p (void)
 - Function: bool mpf_class::fits_sshort_p (void)
 - Function: bool mpf_class::fits_uint_p (void)
 - Function: bool mpf_class::fits_ulong_p (void)
 - Function: bool mpf_class::fits_ushort_p (void)
 - Function: int sgn (mpf_class OP)
 - Function: mpf_class sqrt (mpf_class OP)
 - Function: mpf_class trunc (mpf_class OP)
     These functions provide a C++ class interface to the corresponding
     GMP C routines.

     `cmp' can be used with any of the classes or the standard C++
     types, except `long long' and `long double'.

     The accuracy provided by `hypot' is not currently guaranteed.

 - Function: unsigned long int mpf_class::get_prec ()
 - Function: void mpf_class::set_prec (unsigned long PREC)
 - Function: void mpf_class::set_prec_raw (unsigned long PREC)
     Get or set the current precision of an `mpf_class'.

     The restrictions described for `mpf_set_prec_raw' (*note
     Initializing Floats::) apply to `mpf_class::set_prec_raw'.  Note
     in particular that the `mpf_class' must be restored to it's
     allocated precision before being destroyed.  This must be done by
     application code, there's no automatic mechanism for it.


File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Interface MPFR,  Next: C++ Interface Random Numbers,  Prev: C++ Interface Floats,  Up: C++ Class Interface

C++ Interface MPFR
==================

   The C++ class interface to MPFR is provided if MPFR is enabled
(*note Build Options::).  This interface must be regarded as
preliminary and possibly subject to incompatible changes in the future,
since MPFR itself is preliminary.  All definitions can be obtained with

     #include <mpfrxx.h>

This defines

 - Class: mpfr_class

which behaves similarly to `mpf_class' (*note C++ Interface Floats::).


File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Interface Random Numbers,  Next: C++ Interface Limitations,  Prev: C++ Interface MPFR,  Up: C++ Class Interface

C++ Interface Random Numbers
============================

 - Class: gmp_randclass
     The C++ class interface to the GMP random number functions uses
     `gmp_randclass' to hold an algorithm selection and current state,
     as per `gmp_randstate_t'.

 - Function:  gmp_randclass::gmp_randclass (void (*RANDINIT)
          (gmp_randstate_t, ...), ...)
     Construct a `gmp_randclass', using a call to the given RANDINIT
     function (*note Random State Initialization::).  The arguments
     expected are the same as RANDINIT, but with `mpz_class' instead of
     `mpz_t'.  For example,

          gmp_randclass r1 (gmp_randinit_default);
          gmp_randclass r2 (gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size, 32);
          gmp_randclass r3 (gmp_randinit_lc_2exp, a, c, m2exp);

     `gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size' can fail if the size requested is too
     big, the behaviour of `gmp_randclass::gmp_randclass' is undefined
     in this case (perhaps this will change in the future).

 - Function:  gmp_randclass::gmp_randclass (gmp_randalg_t ALG, ...)
     Construct a `gmp_randclass' using the same parameters as
     `gmp_randinit' (*note Random State Initialization::).  This
     function is obsolete and the above RANDINIT style should be
     preferred.

 - Function: void gmp_randclass::seed (unsigned long int S)
 - Function: void gmp_randclass::seed (mpz_class S)
     Seed a random number generator.  See *note Random Number
     Functions::, for how to choose a good seed.

 - Function: mpz_class gmp_randclass::get_z_bits (unsigned long BITS)
 - Function: mpz_class gmp_randclass::get_z_bits (mpz_class BITS)
     Generate a random integer with a specified number of bits.

 - Function: mpz_class gmp_randclass::get_z_range (mpz_class N)
     Generate a random integer in the range 0 to N-1 inclusive.

 - Function: mpf_class gmp_randclass::get_f ()
 - Function: mpf_class gmp_randclass::get_f (unsigned long PREC)
     Generate a random float F in the range 0 <= F < 1.  F will be to
     PREC bits precision, or if PREC is not given then to the precision
     of the destination.  For example,

          gmp_randclass  r;
          ...
          mpf_class  f (0, 512);   // 512 bits precision
          f = r.get_f();           // random number, 512 bits


File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Interface Limitations,  Prev: C++ Interface Random Numbers,  Up: C++ Class Interface

C++ Interface Limitations
=========================

`mpq_class' and Templated Reading
     A generic piece of template code probably won't know that
     `mpq_class' requires a `canonicalize' call if inputs read with
     `operator>>' might be non-canonical.  This can lead to incorrect
     results.

     `operator>>' behaves as it does for reasons of efficiency.  A
     canonicalize can be quite time consuming on large operands, and is
     best avoided if it's not necessary.

     But this potential difficulty reduces the usefulness of
     `mpq_class'.  Perhaps a mechanism to tell `operator>>' what to do
     will be adopted in the future, maybe a preprocessor define, a
     global flag, or an `ios' flag pressed into service.  Or maybe, at
     the risk of inconsistency, the `mpq_class' `operator>>' could
     canonicalize and leave `mpq_t' `operator>>' not doing so, for use
     on those occasions when that's acceptable.  Send feedback or
     alternate ideas to <bug-gmp@gnu.org>.

Subclassing
     Subclassing the GMP C++ classes works, but is not currently
     recommended.

     Expressions involving subclasses resolve correctly (or seem to),
     but in normal C++ fashion the subclass doesn't inherit
     constructors and assignments.  There's many of those in the GMP
     classes, and a good way to reestablish them in a subclass is not
     yet provided.

Templated Expressions
     A subtle difficulty exists when using expressions together with
     application-defined template functions.  Consider the following,
     with `T' intended to be some numeric type,

          template <class T>
          T fun (const T &, const T &);

     When used with, say, plain `mpz_class' variables, it works fine:
     `T' is resolved as `mpz_class'.

          mpz_class f(1), g(2);
          fun (f, g);    // Good

     But when one of the arguments is an expression, it doesn't work.

          mpz_class f(1), g(2), h(3);
          fun (f, g+h);  // Bad

     This is because `g+h' ends up being a certain expression template
     type internal to `gmpxx.h', which the C++ template resolution
     rules are unable to automatically convert to `mpz_class'.  The
     workaround is simply to add an explicit cast.

          mpz_class f(1), g(2), h(3);
          fun (f, mpz_class(g+h));  // Good

     Similarly, within `fun' it may be necessary to cast an expression
     to type `T' when calling a templated `fun2'.

          template <class T>
          void fun (T f, T g)
          {
            fun2 (f, f+g);     // Bad
          }
          
          template <class T>
          void fun (T f, T g)
          {
            fun2 (f, T(f+g));  // Good
          }


File: gmp.info,  Node: BSD Compatible Functions,  Next: Custom Allocation,  Prev: C++ Class Interface,  Up: Top

Berkeley MP Compatible Functions
********************************

   These functions are intended to be fully compatible with the
Berkeley MP library which is available on many BSD derived U*ix
systems.  The `--enable-mpbsd' option must be used when building GNU MP
to make these available (*note Installing GMP::).

   The original Berkeley MP library has a usage restriction: you cannot
use the same variable as both source and destination in a single
function call.  The compatible functions in GNU MP do not share this
restriction--inputs and outputs may overlap.

   It is not recommended that new programs are written using these
functions.  Apart from the incomplete set of functions, the interface
for initializing `MINT' objects is more error prone, and the `pow'
function collides with `pow' in `libm.a'.

   Include the header `mp.h' to get the definition of the necessary
types and functions.  If you are on a BSD derived system, make sure to
include GNU `mp.h' if you are going to link the GNU `libmp.a' to your
program.  This means that you probably need to give the `-I<dir>'
option to the compiler, where `<dir>' is the directory where you have
GNU `mp.h'.

 - Function: MINT * itom (signed short int INITIAL_VALUE)
     Allocate an integer consisting of a `MINT' object and dynamic limb
     space.  Initialize the integer to INITIAL_VALUE.  Return a pointer
     to the `MINT' object.

 - Function: MINT * xtom (char *INITIAL_VALUE)
     Allocate an integer consisting of a `MINT' object and dynamic limb
     space.  Initialize the integer from INITIAL_VALUE, a hexadecimal,
     null-terminated C string.  Return a pointer to the `MINT' object.

 - Function: void move (MINT *SRC, MINT *DEST)
     Set DEST to SRC by copying.  Both variables must be previously
     initialized.

 - Function: void madd (MINT *SRC_1, MINT *SRC_2, MINT *DESTINATION)
     Add SRC_1 and SRC_2 and put the sum in DESTINATION.

 - Function: void msub (MINT *SRC_1, MINT *SRC_2, MINT *DESTINATION)
     Subtract SRC_2 from SRC_1 and put the difference in DESTINATION.

 - Function: void mult (MINT *SRC_1, MINT *SRC_2, MINT *DESTINATION)
     Multiply SRC_1 and SRC_2 and put the product in DESTINATION.

 - Function: void mdiv (MINT *DIVIDEND, MINT *DIVISOR, MINT *QUOTIENT,
          MINT *REMAINDER)
 - Function: void sdiv (MINT *DIVIDEND, signed short int DIVISOR, MINT
          *QUOTIENT, signed short int *REMAINDER)
     Set QUOTIENT to DIVIDEND/DIVISOR, and REMAINDER to DIVIDEND mod
     DIVISOR.  The quotient is rounded towards zero; the remainder has
     the same sign as the dividend unless it is zero.

     Some implementations of these functions work differently--or not
     at all--for negative arguments.

 - Function: void msqrt (MINT *OP, MINT *ROOT, MINT *REMAINDER)
     Set ROOT to the truncated integer part of the square root of OP,
     like `mpz_sqrt'.  Set REMAINDER to OP-ROOT*ROOT, i.e.  zero if OP
     is a perfect square.

     If ROOT and REMAINDER are the same variable, the results are
     undefined.

 - Function: void pow (MINT *BASE, MINT *EXP, MINT *MOD, MINT *DEST)
     Set DEST to (BASE raised to EXP) modulo MOD.

 - Function: void rpow (MINT *BASE, signed short int EXP, MINT *DEST)
     Set DEST to BASE raised to EXP.

 - Function: void gcd (MINT *OP1, MINT *OP2, MINT *RES)
     Set RES to the greatest common divisor of OP1 and OP2.

 - Function: int mcmp (MINT *OP1, MINT *OP2)
     Compare OP1 and OP2.  Return a positive value if OP1 > OP2, zero
     if OP1 = OP2, and a negative value if OP1 < OP2.

 - Function: void min (MINT *DEST)
     Input a decimal string from `stdin', and put the read integer in
     DEST.  SPC and TAB are allowed in the number string, and are
     ignored.

 - Function: void mout (MINT *SRC)
     Output SRC to `stdout', as a decimal string.  Also output a
     newline.

 - Function: char * mtox (MINT *OP)
     Convert OP to a hexadecimal string, and return a pointer to the
     string.  The returned string is allocated using the default memory
     allocation function, `malloc' by default.  It will be
     `strlen(str)+1' bytes, that being exactly enough for the string
     and null-terminator.

 - Function: void mfree (MINT *OP)
     De-allocate, the space used by OP.  *This function should only be
     passed a value returned by `itom' or `xtom'.*


File: gmp.info,  Node: Custom Allocation,  Next: Language Bindings,  Prev: BSD Compatible Functions,  Up: Top

Custom Allocation
*****************

   By default GMP uses `malloc', `realloc' and `free' for memory
allocation, and if they fail GMP prints a message to the standard error
output and terminates the program.

   Alternate functions can be specified to allocate memory in a
different way or to have a different error action on running out of
memory.

   This feature is available in the Berkeley compatibility library
(*note BSD Compatible Functions::) as well as the main GMP library.

 - Function: void mp_set_memory_functions (
          void *(*ALLOC_FUNC_PTR) (size_t),
          void *(*REALLOC_FUNC_PTR) (void *, size_t, size_t),
          void (*FREE_FUNC_PTR) (void *, size_t))
     Replace the current allocation functions from the arguments.  If
     an argument is `NULL', the corresponding default function is used.

     These functions will be used for all memory allocation done by
     GMP, apart from temporary space from `alloca' if that function is
     available and GMP is configured to use it (*note Build Options::).

     *Be sure to call `mp_set_memory_functions' only when there are no
     active GMP objects allocated using the previous memory functions!
     Usually that means calling it before any other GMP function.*

   The functions supplied should fit the following declarations:

 - Function: void * allocate_function (size_t ALLOC_SIZE)
     Return a pointer to newly allocated space with at least ALLOC_SIZE
     bytes.

 - Function: void * reallocate_function (void *PTR, size_t OLD_SIZE,
          size_t NEW_SIZE)
     Resize a previously allocated block PTR of OLD_SIZE bytes to be
     NEW_SIZE bytes.

     The block may be moved if necessary or if desired, and in that
     case the smaller of OLD_SIZE and NEW_SIZE bytes must be copied to
     the new location.  The return value is a pointer to the resized
     block, that being the new location if moved or just PTR if not.

     PTR is never `NULL', it's always a previously allocated block.
     NEW_SIZE may be bigger or smaller than OLD_SIZE.

 - Function: void deallocate_function (void *PTR, size_t SIZE)
     De-allocate the space pointed to by PTR.

     PTR is never `NULL', it's always a previously allocated block of
     SIZE bytes.

   A "byte" here means the unit used by the `sizeof' operator.

   The OLD_SIZE parameters to REALLOCATE_FUNCTION and
DEALLOCATE_FUNCTION are passed for convenience, but of course can be
ignored if not needed.  The default functions using `malloc' and friends
for instance don't use them.

   No error return is allowed from any of these functions, if they
return then they must have performed the specified operation.  In
particular note that ALLOCATE_FUNCTION or REALLOCATE_FUNCTION mustn't
return `NULL'.

   Getting a different fatal error action is a good use for custom
allocation functions, for example giving a graphical dialog rather than
the default print to `stderr'.  How much is possible when genuinely out
of memory is another question though.

   There's currently no defined way for the allocation functions to
recover from an error such as out of memory, they must terminate
program execution.  A `longjmp' or throwing a C++ exception will have
undefined results.  This may change in the future.

   GMP may use allocated blocks to hold pointers to other allocated
blocks.  This will limit the assumptions a conservative garbage
collection scheme can make.

   Since the default GMP allocation uses `malloc' and friends, those
functions will be linked in even if the first thing a program does is an
`mp_set_memory_functions'.  It's necessary to change the GMP sources if
this is a problem.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Language Bindings,  Next: Algorithms,  Prev: Custom Allocation,  Up: Top

Language Bindings
*****************

   The following packages and projects offer access to GMP from
languages other than C, though perhaps with varying levels of
functionality and efficiency.


C++
        * GMP C++ class interface, *note C++ Class Interface::
          Straightforward interface, expression templates to eliminate
          temporaries.

        * ALP `http://www.inria.fr/saga/logiciels/ALP'
          Linear algebra and polynomials using templates.

        * Arithmos `http://win-www.uia.ac.be/u/cant/arithmos'
          Rationals with infinities and square roots.

        * CLN `http://clisp.cons.org/~haible/packages-cln.html'
          High level classes for arithmetic.

        * LiDIA `http://www.informatik.tu-darmstadt.de/TI/LiDIA'
          A C++ library for computational number theory.

        * Linbox `http://www.linalg.org'
          Sparse vectors and matrices.

        * NTL `http://www.shoup.net/ntl'
          A C++ number theory library.

Fortran
        * Omni F77 `http://pdplab.trc.rwcp.or.jp/pdperf/Omni/home.html'
          Arbitrary precision floats.

Haskell
        * Glasgow Haskell Compiler `http://www.haskell.org/ghc'

Java
        * Kaffe `http://www.kaffe.org'

        * Kissme `http://kissme.sourceforge.net'

Lisp
        * GNU Common Lisp `http://www.gnu.org/software/gcl/gcl.html'
          In the process of switching to GMP for bignums.

        * Librep `http://librep.sourceforge.net'

M4
        * GNU m4 betas `http://www.seindal.dk/rene/gnu'
          Optionally provides an arbitrary precision `mpeval'.

ML
        * MLton compiler `http://www.mlton.org'

Oz
        * Mozart `http://www.mozart-oz.org'

Pascal
        * GNU Pascal Compiler `http://www.gnu-pascal.de'
          GMP unit.

Perl
        * GMP module, see `demos/perl' in the GMP sources.

        * Math::GMP `http://www.cpan.org'
          Compatible with Math::BigInt, but not as many functions as
          the GMP module above.

        * Math::BigInt::GMP `http://www.cpan.org'
          Plug Math::GMP into normal Math::BigInt operations.

Pike
        * mpz module in the standard distribution,
          `http://pike.idonex.com'

Prolog
        * SWI Prolog `http://www.swi.psy.uva.nl/projects/SWI-Prolog'
          Arbitrary precision floats.

Python
        * mpz module in the standard distribution,
          `http://www.python.org'

        * GMPY `http://gmpy.sourceforge.net'

Scheme
        * RScheme `http://www.rscheme.org'

        * STklos `http://kaolin.unice.fr/STklos'

Smalltalk
        * GNU Smalltalk
          `http://www.smalltalk.org/versions/GNUSmalltalk.html'

Other
        * DrGenius `http://drgenius.seul.org'
          Geometry system and mathematical programming language.

        * GiNaC `http://www.ginac.de'
          C++ computer algebra using CLN.

        * Maxima `http://www.ma.utexas.edu/users/wfs/maxima.html'
          Macsyma computer algebra using GCL.

        * Q `http://www.musikwissenschaft.uni-mainz.de/~ag/q'
          Equational programming system.

        * Regina `http://regina.sourceforge.net'
          Topological calculator.

        * Yacas `http://www.xs4all.nl/~apinkus/yacas.html'
          Yet another computer algebra system.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Algorithms,  Next: Internals,  Prev: Language Bindings,  Up: Top

Algorithms
**********

   This chapter is an introduction to some of the algorithms used for
various GMP operations.  The code is likely to be hard to understand
without knowing something about the algorithms.

   Some GMP internals are mentioned, but applications that expect to be
compatible with future GMP releases should take care to use only the
documented functions.

* Menu:

* Multiplication Algorithms::
* Division Algorithms::
* Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms::
* Powering Algorithms::
* Root Extraction Algorithms::
* Radix Conversion Algorithms::
* Other Algorithms::
* Assembler Coding::


File: gmp.info,  Node: Multiplication Algorithms,  Next: Division Algorithms,  Prev: Algorithms,  Up: Algorithms

Multiplication
==============

   NxN limb multiplications and squares are done using one of four
algorithms, as the size N increases.

     Algorithm      Threshold
     Basecase       (none)
     Karatsuba      `MUL_KARATSUBA_THRESHOLD'
     Toom-3         `MUL_TOOM3_THRESHOLD'
     FFT            `MUL_FFT_THRESHOLD'

   Similarly for squaring, with the `SQR' thresholds.  Note though that
the FFT is only used if GMP is configured with `--enable-fft', *note
Build Options::.

   NxM multiplications of operands with different sizes above
`MUL_KARATSUBA_THRESHOLD' are currently done by splitting into MxM
pieces.  The Karatsuba and Toom-3 routines then operate only on equal
size operands.  This is not very efficient, and is slated for
improvement in the future.

* Menu:

* Basecase Multiplication::
* Karatsuba Multiplication::
* Toom-Cook 3-Way Multiplication::
* FFT Multiplication::
* Other Multiplication::


File: gmp.info,  Node: Basecase Multiplication,  Next: Karatsuba Multiplication,  Prev: Multiplication Algorithms,  Up: Multiplication Algorithms

Basecase Multiplication
-----------------------

   Basecase NxM multiplication is a straightforward rectangular set of
cross-products, the same as long multiplication done by hand and for
that reason sometimes known as the schoolbook or grammar school method.
This is an O(N*M) algorithm.  See Knuth section 4.3.1 algorithm M
(*note References::), and the `mpn/generic/mul_basecase.c' code.

   Assembler implementations of `mpn_mul_basecase' are essentially the
same as the generic C code, but have all the usual assembler tricks and
obscurities introduced for speed.

   A square can be done in roughly half the time of a multiply, by
using the fact that the cross products above and below the diagonal are
the same.  A triangle of products below the diagonal is formed, doubled
(left shift by one bit), and then the products on the diagonal added.
This can be seen in `mpn/generic/sqr_basecase.c'.  Again the assembler
implementations take essentially the same approach.

          u0  u1  u2  u3  u4
        +---+---+---+---+---+
     u0 | d |   |   |   |   |
        +---+---+---+---+---+
     u1 |   | d |   |   |   |
        +---+---+---+---+---+
     u2 |   |   | d |   |   |
        +---+---+---+---+---+
     u3 |   |   |   | d |   |
        +---+---+---+---+---+
     u4 |   |   |   |   | d |
        +---+---+---+---+---+

   In practice squaring isn't a full 2x faster than multiplying, it's
usually around 1.5x.  Less than 1.5x probably indicates
`mpn_sqr_basecase' wants improving on that CPU.

   On some CPUs `mpn_mul_basecase' can be faster than the generic C
`mpn_sqr_basecase'.  `SQR_BASECASE_THRESHOLD' is the size at which to
use `mpn_sqr_basecase', this will be zero if that routine should be
used always.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Karatsuba Multiplication,  Next: Toom-Cook 3-Way Multiplication,  Prev: Basecase Multiplication,  Up: Multiplication Algorithms

Karatsuba Multiplication
------------------------

   The Karatsuba multiplication algorithm is described in Knuth section
4.3.3 part A, and various other textbooks.  A brief description is
given here.

   The inputs x and y are treated as each split into two parts of equal
length (or the most significant part one limb shorter if N is odd).

      high              low
     +----------+----------+
     |    x1    |    x0    |
     +----------+----------+
     
     +----------+----------+
     |    y1    |    y0    |
     +----------+----------+

   Let b be the power of 2 where the split occurs, ie. if x0 is k limbs
(y0 the same) then b=2^(k*mp_bits_per_limb).  With that x=x1*b+x0 and
y=y1*b+y0, and the following holds,

     x*y = (b^2+b)*x1*y1 - b*(x1-x0)*(y1-y0) + (b+1)*x0*y0

   This formula means doing only three multiplies of (N/2)x(N/2) limbs,
whereas a basecase multiply of NxN limbs is equivalent to four
multiplies of (N/2)x(N/2).  The factors (b^2+b) etc represent the
positions where the three products must be added.

      high                              low
     +--------+--------+ +--------+--------+
     |      x1*y1      | |      x0*y0      |
     +--------+--------+ +--------+--------+
               +--------+--------+
           add |      x1*y1      |
               +--------+--------+
               +--------+--------+
           add |      x0*y0      |
               +--------+--------+
               +--------+--------+
           sub | (x1-x0)*(y1-y0) |
               +--------+--------+

   The term (x1-x0)*(y1-y0) is best calculated as an absolute value,
and the sign used to choose to add or subtract.  Notice the sum
high(x0*y0)+low(x1*y1) occurs twice, so it's possible to do 5*k limb
additions, rather than 6*k, but in GMP extra function call overheads
outweigh the saving.

   Squaring is similar to multiplying, but with x=y the formula reduces
to an equivalent with three squares,

     x^2 = (b^2+b)*x1^2 - b*(x1-x0)^2 + (b+1)*x0^2

   The final result is accumulated from those three squares the same
way as for the three multiplies above.  The middle term (x1-x0)^2 is now
always positive.

   A similar formula for both multiplying and squaring can be
constructed with a middle term (x1+x0)*(y1+y0).  But those sums can
exceed k limbs, leading to more carry handling and additions than the
form above.

   Karatsuba multiplication is asymptotically an O(N^1.585) algorithm,
the exponent being log(3)/log(2), representing 3 multiplies each 1/2
the size of the inputs.  This is a big improvement over the basecase
multiply at O(N^2) and the advantage soon overcomes the extra additions
Karatsuba performs.

   `MUL_KARATSUBA_THRESHOLD' can be as little as 10 limbs.  The `SQR'
threshold is usually about twice the `MUL'.  The basecase algorithm will
take a time of the form M(N) = a*N^2 + b*N + c and the Karatsuba
algorithm K(N) = 3*M(N/2) + d*N + e.  Clearly per-crossproduct speedups
in the basecase code reduce a and decrease the threshold, but linear
style speedups reducing b will actually increase the threshold.  The
latter can be seen for instance when adding an optimized
`mpn_sqr_diagonal' to `mpn_sqr_basecase'.  Of course all speedups
reduce total time, and in that sense the algorithm thresholds are
merely of academic interest.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Toom-Cook 3-Way Multiplication,  Next: FFT Multiplication,  Prev: Karatsuba Multiplication,  Up: Multiplication Algorithms

Toom-Cook 3-Way Multiplication
------------------------------

   The Karatsuba formula is the simplest case of a general approach to
splitting inputs that leads to both Toom-Cook and FFT algorithms.  A
description of Toom-Cook can be found in Knuth section 4.3.3, with an
example 3-way calculation after Theorem A.  The 3-way form used in GMP
is described here.

   The operands are each considered split into 3 pieces of equal length
(or the most significant part 1 or 2 limbs shorter than the others).

      high                         low
     +----------+----------+----------+
     |    x2    |    x1    |    x0    |
     +----------+----------+----------+
     
     +----------+----------+----------+
     |    y2    |    y1    |    y0    |
     +----------+----------+----------+

These parts are treated as the coefficients of two polynomials

     X(t) = x2*t^2 + x1*t + x0
     Y(t) = y2*t^2 + y1*t + y0

   Again let b equal the power of 2 which is the size of the x0, x1, y0
and y1 pieces, ie. if they're k limbs each then
b=2^(k*mp_bits_per_limb).  With this x=X(b) and y=Y(b).

   Let a polynomial W(t)=X(t)*Y(t) and suppose its coefficients are

     W(t) = w4*t^4 + w3*t^3 + w2*t^2 + w1*t + w0

The w[i] are going to be determined, and when they are they'll give the
final result using w=W(b), since x*y=X(b)*Y(b)=W(b).  The coefficients
will be roughly b^2 each, and the final W(b) will be an addition like,

      high                                        low
     +-------+-------+
     |       w4      |
     +-------+-------+
            +--------+-------+
            |        w3      |
            +--------+-------+
                    +--------+-------+
                    |        w2      |
                    +--------+-------+
                            +--------+-------+
                            |        w1      |
                            +--------+-------+
                                     +-------+-------+
                                     |       w0      |
                                     +-------+-------+

   The w[i] coefficients could be formed by a simple set of cross
products, like w4=x2*y2, w3=x2*y1+x1*y2, w2=x2*y0+x1*y1+x0*y2 etc, but
this would need all nine x[i]*y[j] for i,j=0,1,2, and would be
equivalent merely to a basecase multiply.  Instead the following
approach is used.

   X(t) and Y(t) are evaluated and multiplied at 5 points, giving
values of W(t) at those points.  The points used can be chosen in
various ways, but in GMP the following are used

     Point    Value
     t=0      x0*y0, which gives w0 immediately
     t=2      (4*x2+2*x1+x0)*(4*y2+2*y1+y0)
     t=1      (x2+x1+x0)*(y2+y1+y0)
     t=1/2    (x2+2*x1+4*x0)*(y2+2*y1+4*y0)
     t=inf    x2*y2, which gives w4 immediately

   At t=1/2 the value calculated is actually 16*X(1/2)*Y(1/2), giving a
value for 16*W(1/2), and this is always an integer.  At t=inf the value
is actually X(t)*Y(t)/t^4 in the limit as t approaches infinity, but
it's much easier to think of as simply x2*y2 giving w4 immediately
(much like x0*y0 at t=0 gives w0 immediately).

   Now each of the points substituted into W(t)=w4*t^4+...+w0 gives a
linear combination of the w[i] coefficients, and the value of those
combinations has just been calculated.

        W(0)   =                                 w0
     16*W(1/2) =    w4 + 2*w3 + 4*w2 + 8*w1 + 16*w0
        W(1)   =    w4 +   w3 +   w2 +   w1 +    w0
        W(2)   = 16*w4 + 8*w3 + 4*w2 + 2*w1 +    w0
        W(inf) =    w4

   This is a set of five equations in five unknowns, and some
elementary linear algebra quickly isolates each w[i], by subtracting
multiples of one equation from another.

   In the code the set of five values W(0),...,W(inf) will represent
those certain linear combinations.  By adding or subtracting one from
another as necessary, values which are each w[i] alone are arrived at.
This involves only a few subtractions of small multiples (some of which
are powers of 2), and so is fast.  A couple of divisions remain by
powers of 2 and one division by 3 (or by 6 rather), and that last uses
the special `mpn_divexact_by3' (*note Exact Division::).

   In the code the values w4, w2 and w0 are formed in the destination
with pointers `E', `C' and `A', and w3 and w1 in temporary space `D'
and `B' are added to them.  There are extra limbs `tD', `tC' and `tB'
at the high end of w3, w2 and w1 which are handled separately.  The
final addition then is as follows.

      high                                        low
     +-------+-------+-------+-------+-------+-------+
     |       E       |       C       |       A       |
     +-------+-------+-------+-------+-------+-------+
              +------+-------++------+-------+
              |      D       ||      B       |
              +------+-------++------+-------+
           --      --      --
          |tD|    |tC|    |tB|
           --      --      --

   The conversion of W(t) values to the coefficients is interpolation.
A polynomial of degree 4 like W(t) is uniquely determined by values
known at 5 different points.  The points can be chosen to make the
linear equations come out with a convenient set of steps for isolating
the w[i].

   In `mpn/generic/mul_n.c' the `interpolate3' routine performs the
interpolation.  The open-coded one-pass version may be a bit hard to
understand, the steps performed can be better seen in the `USE_MORE_MPN'
version.

   Squaring follows the same procedure as multiplication, but there's
only one X(t) and it's evaluated at 5 points, and those values squared
to give values of W(t).  The interpolation is then identical, and in
fact the same `interpolate3' subroutine is used for both squaring and
multiplying.

   Toom-3 is asymptotically O(N^1.465), the exponent being
log(5)/log(3), representing 5 recursive multiplies of 1/3 the original
size.  This is an improvement over Karatsuba at O(N^1.585), though
Toom-Cook does more work in the evaluation and interpolation and so it
only realizes its advantage above a certain size.

   Near the crossover between Toom-3 and Karatsuba there's generally a
range of sizes where the difference between the two is small.
`MUL_TOOM3_THRESHOLD' is a somewhat arbitrary point in that range and
successive runs of the tune program can give different values due to
small variations in measuring.  A graph of time versus size for the two
shows the effect, see `tune/README'.

   At the fairly small sizes where the Toom-3 thresholds occur it's
worth remembering that the asymptotic behaviour for Karatsuba and
Toom-3 can't be expected to make accurate predictions, due of course to
the big influence of all sorts of overheads, and the fact that only a
few recursions of each are being performed.  Even at large sizes
there's a good chance machine dependent effects like cache architecture
will mean actual performance deviates from what might be predicted.

   The formula given above for the Karatsuba algorithm has an
equivalent for Toom-3 involving only five multiplies, but this would be
complicated and unenlightening.

   An alternate view of Toom-3 can be found in Zuras (*note
References::), using a vector to represent the x and y splits and a
matrix multiplication for the evaluation and interpolation stages.  The
matrix inverses are not meant to be actually used, and they have
elements with values much greater than in fact arise in the
interpolation steps.  The diagram shown for the 3-way is attractive,
but again doesn't have to be implemented that way and for example with
a bit of rearrangement just one division by 6 can be done.


File: gmp.info,  Node: FFT Multiplication,  Next: Other Multiplication,  Prev: Toom-Cook 3-Way Multiplication,  Up: Multiplication Algorithms

FFT Multiplication
------------------

   At large to very large sizes a Fermat style FFT multiplication is
used, following Scho"nhage and Strassen (*note References::).
Descriptions of FFTs in various forms can be found in many textbooks,
for instance Knuth section 4.3.3 part C or Lipson chapter IX.  A brief
description of the form used in GMP is given here.

   The multiplication done is x*y mod 2^N+1, for a given N.  A full
product x*y is obtained by choosing N>=bits(x)+bits(y) and padding x
and y with high zero limbs.  The modular product is the native form for
the algorithm, so padding to get a full product is unavoidable.

   The algorithm follows a split, evaluate, pointwise multiply,
interpolate and combine similar to that described above for Karatsuba
and Toom-3.  A k parameter controls the split, with an FFT-k splitting
into 2^k pieces of M=N/2^k bits each.  N must be a multiple of
(2^k)*mp_bits_per_limb so the split falls on limb boundaries, avoiding
bit shifts in the split and combine stages.

   The evaluations, pointwise multiplications, and interpolation, are
all done modulo 2^N'+1 where N' is 2M+k+3 rounded up to a multiple of
2^k and of `mp_bits_per_limb'.  The results of interpolation will be
the following negacyclic convolution of the input pieces, and the
choice of N' ensures these sums aren't truncated.

                ---
                \         b
     w[n] =     /     (-1) * x[i] * y[j]
                ---
            i+j==b*2^k+n
               b=0,1

   The points used for the evaluation are g^i for i=0 to 2^k-1 where
g=2^(2N'/2^k).  g is a 2^k'th root of unity mod 2^N'+1, which produces
necessary cancellations at the interpolation stage, and it's also a
power of 2 so the fast fourier transforms used for the evaluation and
interpolation do only shifts, adds and negations.

   The pointwise multiplications are done modulo 2^N'+1 and either
recurse into a further FFT or use a plain multiplication (Toom-3,
Karatsuba or basecase), whichever is optimal at the size N'.  The
interpolation is an inverse fast fourier transform.  The resulting set
of sums of x[i]*y[j] are added at appropriate offsets to give the final
result.

   Squaring is the same, but x is the only input so it's one transform
at the evaluate stage and the pointwise multiplies are squares.  The
interpolation is the same.

   For a mod 2^N+1 product, an FFT-k is an O(N^(k/(k-1))) algorithm,
the exponent representing 2^k recursed modular multiplies each
1/2^(k-1) the size of the original.  Each successive k is an asymptotic
improvement, but overheads mean each is only faster at bigger and
bigger sizes.  In the code, `MUL_FFT_TABLE' and `SQR_FFT_TABLE' are the
thresholds where each k is used.  Each new k effectively swaps some
multiplying for some shifts, adds and overheads.

   A mod 2^N+1 product can be formed with a normal NxN->2N bit multiply
plus a subtraction, so an FFT and Toom-3 etc can be compared directly.
A k=4 FFT at O(N^1.333) can be expected to be the first faster than
Toom-3 at O(N^1.465).  In practice this is what's found, with
`MUL_FFT_MODF_THRESHOLD' and `SQR_FFT_MODF_THRESHOLD' being between 300
and 1000 limbs, depending on the CPU.  So far it's been found that only
very large FFTs recurse into pointwise multiplies above these sizes.

   When an FFT is to give a full product, the change of N to 2N doesn't
alter the theoretical complexity for a given k, but for the purposes of
considering where an FFT might be first used it can be assumed that the
FFT is recursing into a normal multiply and that on that basis it's
doing 2^k recursed multiplies each 1/2^(k-2) the size of the inputs,
making it O(N^(k/(k-2))).  This would mean k=7 at O(N^1.4) would be the
first FFT faster than Toom-3.  In practice `MUL_FFT_THRESHOLD' and
`SQR_FFT_THRESHOLD' have been found to be in the k=8 range, somewhere
between 3000 and 10000 limbs.

   The way N is split into 2^k pieces and then 2M+k+3 is rounded up to
a multiple of 2^k and `mp_bits_per_limb' means that when
2^k>=mp_bits_per_limb the effective N is a multiple of 2^(2k-1) bits.
The +k+3 means some values of N just under such a multiple will be
rounded to the next.  The complexity calculations above assume that a
favourable size is used, meaning one which isn't padded through
rounding, and it's also assumed that the extra +k+3 bits are negligible
at typical FFT sizes.

   The practical effect of the 2^(2k-1) constraint is to introduce a
step-effect into measured speeds.  For example k=8 will round N up to a
multiple of 32768 bits, so for a 32-bit limb there'll be 512 limb
groups of sizes for which `mpn_mul_n' runs at the same speed.  Or for
k=9 groups of 2048 limbs, k=10 groups of 8192 limbs, etc.  In practice
it's been found each k is used at quite small multiples of its size
constraint and so the step effect is quite noticeable in a time versus
size graph.

   The threshold determinations currently measure at the mid-points of
size steps, but this is sub-optimal since at the start of a new step it
can happen that it's better to go back to the previous k for a while.
Something more sophisticated for `MUL_FFT_TABLE' and `SQR_FFT_TABLE'
will be needed.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Other Multiplication,  Prev: FFT Multiplication,  Up: Multiplication Algorithms

Other Multiplication
--------------------

   The 3-way Toom-Cook algorithm described above (*note Toom-Cook 3-Way
Multiplication::) generalizes to split into an arbitrary number of
pieces, as per Knuth section 4.3.3 algorithm C.  This is not currently
used, though it's possible a Toom-4 might fit in between Toom-3 and the
FFTs.  The notes here are merely for interest.

   In general a split into r+1 pieces is made, and evaluations and
pointwise multiplications done at 2*r+1 points.  A 4-way split does 7
pointwise multiplies, 5-way does 9, etc.  Asymptotically an (r+1)-way
algorithm is O(N^(log(2*r+1)/log(r+1))).  Only the pointwise
multiplications count towards big-O complexity, but the time spent in
the evaluate and interpolate stages grows with r and has a significant
practical impact, with the asymptotic advantage of each r realized only
at bigger and bigger sizes.  The overheads grow as O(N*r), whereas in
an r=2^k FFT they grow only as O(N*log(r)).

   Knuth algorithm C evaluates at points 0,1,2,...,2*r, but exercise 4
uses -r,...,0,...,r and the latter saves some small multiplies in the
evaluate stage (or rather trades them for additions), and has a further
saving of nearly half the interpolate steps.  The idea is to separate
odd and even final coefficients and then perform algorithm C steps C7
and C8 on them separately.  The divisors at step C7 become j^2 and the
multipliers at C8 become 2*t*j-j^2.

   Splitting odd and even parts through positive and negative points
can be thought of as using -1 as a square root of unity.  If a 4th root
of unity was available then a further split and speedup would be
possible, but no such root exists for plain integers.  Going to complex
integers with i=sqrt(-1) doesn't help, essentially because in cartesian
form it takes three real multiplies to do a complex multiply.  The
existence of 2^k'th roots of unity in a suitable ring or field lets the
fast fourier transform keep splitting and get to O(N*log(r)).

   Floating point FFTs use complex numbers approximating Nth roots of
unity.  Some processors have special support for such FFTs.  But these
are not used in GMP since it's very difficult to guarantee an exact
result (to some number of bits).  An occasional difference of 1 in the
last bit might not matter to a typical signal processing algorithm, but
is of course of vital importance to GMP.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Division Algorithms,  Next: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms,  Prev: Multiplication Algorithms,  Up: Algorithms

Division Algorithms
===================

* Menu:

* Single Limb Division::
* Basecase Division::
* Divide and Conquer Division::
* Exact Division::
* Exact Remainder::
* Small Quotient Division::


File: gmp.info,  Node: Single Limb Division,  Next: Basecase Division,  Prev: Division Algorithms,  Up: Division Algorithms

Single Limb Division
--------------------

   Nx1 division is implemented using repeated 2x1 divisions from high
to low, either with a hardware divide instruction or a multiplication by
inverse, whichever is best on a given CPU.

   The multiply by inverse follows section 8 of "Division by Invariant
Integers using Multiplication" by Granlund and Montgomery (*note
References::) and is implemented as `udiv_qrnnd_preinv' in
`gmp-impl.h'.  The idea is to have a fixed-point approximation to 1/d
(see `invert_limb') and then multiply by the high limb (plus one bit)
of the dividend to get a quotient q.  With d normalized (high bit set),
q is no more than 1 too small.  Subtracting q*d from the dividend gives
a remainder, and reveals whether q or q-1 is correct.

   The result is a division done with two multiplications and four or
five arithmetic operations.  On CPUs with low latency multipliers this
can be much faster than a hardware divide, though the cost of
calculating the inverse at the start may mean it's only better on
inputs bigger than say 4 or 5 limbs.

   When a divisor must be normalized, either for the generic C
`__udiv_qrnnd_c' or the multiply by inverse, the division performed is
actually a*2^k by d*2^k where a is the dividend and k is the power
necessary to have the high bit of d*2^k set.  The bit shifts for the
dividend are usually accomplished "on the fly" meaning by extracting
the appropriate bits at each step.  Done this way the quotient limbs
come out aligned ready to store.  When only the remainder is wanted, an
alternative is to take the dividend limbs unshifted and calculate r = a
mod d*2^k followed by an extra final step r*2^k mod d*2^k.  This can
help on CPUs with poor bit shifts or few registers.

   The multiply by inverse can be done two limbs at a time.  The
calculation is basically the same, but the inverse is two limbs and the
divisor treated as if padded with a low zero limb.  This means more
work, since the inverse will need a 2x2 multiply, but the four 1x1s to
do that are independent and can therefore be done partly or wholly in
parallel.  Likewise for a 2x1 calculating q*d.  The net effect is to
process two limbs with roughly the same two multiplies worth of latency
that one limb at a time gives.  This extends to 3 or 4 limbs at a time,
though the extra work to apply the inverse will almost certainly soon
reach the limits of multiplier throughput.

   A similar approach in reverse can be taken to process just half a
limb at a time if the divisor is only a half limb.  In this case the
1x1 multiply for the inverse effectively becomes two (1/2)x1 for each
limb, which can be a saving on CPUs with a fast half limb multiply, or
in fact if the only multiply is a half limb, and especially if it's not
pipelined.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Basecase Division,  Next: Divide and Conquer Division,  Prev: Single Limb Division,  Up: Division Algorithms

Basecase Division
-----------------

   Basecase NxM division is like long division done by hand, but in base
2^mp_bits_per_limb.  See Knuth section 4.3.1 algorithm D, and
`mpn/generic/sb_divrem_mn.c'.

   Briefly stated, while the dividend remains larger than the divisor,
a high quotient limb is formed and the Nx1 product q*d subtracted at
the top end of the dividend.  With a normalized divisor (most
significant bit set), each quotient limb can be formed with a 2x1
division and a 1x1 multiplication plus some subtractions.  The 2x1
division is by the high limb of the divisor and is done either with a
hardware divide or a multiply by inverse (the same as in *Note Single
Limb Division::) whichever is faster.  Such a quotient is sometimes one
too big, requiring an addback of the divisor, but that happens rarely.

   With Q=N-M being the number of quotient limbs, this is an O(Q*M)
algorithm and will run at a speed similar to a basecase QxM
multiplication, differing in fact only in the extra multiply and divide
for each of the Q quotient limbs.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Divide and Conquer Division,  Next: Exact Division,  Prev: Basecase Division,  Up: Division Algorithms

Divide and Conquer Division
---------------------------

   For divisors larger than `DIV_DC_THRESHOLD', division is done by
dividing.  Or to be precise by a recursive divide and conquer algorithm
based on work by Moenck and Borodin, Jebelean, and Burnikel and Ziegler
(*note References::).

   The algorithm consists essentially of recognising that a 2NxN
division can be done with the basecase division algorithm (*note
Basecase Division::), but using N/2 limbs as a base, not just a single
limb.  This way the multiplications that arise are (N/2)x(N/2) and can
take advantage of Karatsuba and higher multiplication algorithms (*note
Multiplication Algorithms::).  The "digits" of the quotient are formed
by recursive Nx(N/2) divisions.

   If the (N/2)x(N/2) multiplies are done with a basecase multiplication
then the work is about the same as a basecase division, but with more
function call overheads and with some subtractions separated from the
multiplies.  These overheads mean that it's only when N/2 is above
`MUL_KARATSUBA_THRESHOLD' that divide and conquer is of use.

   `DIV_DC_THRESHOLD' is based on the divisor size N, so it will be
somewhere above twice `MUL_KARATSUBA_THRESHOLD', but how much above
depends on the CPU.  An optimized `mpn_mul_basecase' can lower
`DIV_DC_THRESHOLD' a little by offering a ready-made advantage over
repeated `mpn_submul_1' calls.

   Divide and conquer is asymptotically O(M(N)*log(N)) where M(N) is
the time for an NxN multiplication done with FFTs.  The actual time is
a sum over multiplications of the recursed sizes, as can be seen near
the end of section 2.2 of Burnikel and Ziegler.  For example, within
the Toom-3 range, divide and conquer is 2.63*M(N).  With higher
algorithms the M(N) term improves and the multiplier tends to log(N).
In practice, at moderate to large sizes, a 2NxN division is about 2 to
4 times slower than an NxN multiplication.

   Newton's method used for division is asymptotically O(M(N)) and
should therefore be superior to divide and conquer, but it's believed
this would only be for large to very large N.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Exact Division,  Next: Exact Remainder,  Prev: Divide and Conquer Division,  Up: Division Algorithms

Exact Division
--------------

   A so-called exact division is when the dividend is known to be an
exact multiple of the divisor.  Jebelean's exact division algorithm
uses this knowledge to make some significant optimizations (*note
References::).

   The idea can be illustrated in decimal for example with 368154
divided by 543.  Because the low digit of the dividend is 4, the low
digit of the quotient must be 8.  This is arrived at from 4*7 mod 10,
using the fact 7 is the modular inverse of 3 (the low digit of the
divisor), since 3*7 == 1 mod 10.  So 8*543=4344 can be subtracted from
the dividend leaving 363810.  Notice the low digit has become zero.

   The procedure is repeated at the second digit, with the next
quotient digit 7 (7 == 1*7 mod 10), subtracting 7*543=3801, leaving
325800.  And finally at the third digit with quotient digit 6 (8*7 mod
10), subtracting 6*543=3258 leaving 0.  So the quotient is 678.

   Notice however that the multiplies and subtractions don't need to
extend past the low three digits of the dividend, since that's enough
to determine the three quotient digits.  For the last quotient digit no
subtraction is needed at all.  On a 2NxN division like this one, only
about half the work of a normal basecase division is necessary.

   For an NxM exact division producing Q=N-M quotient limbs, the saving
over a normal basecase division is in two parts.  Firstly, each of the
Q quotient limbs needs only one multiply, not a 2x1 divide and
multiply.  Secondly, the crossproducts are reduced when Q>M to
Q*M-M*(M+1)/2, or when Q<=M to Q*(Q-1)/2.  Notice the savings are
complementary.  If Q is big then many divisions are saved, or if Q is
small then the crossproducts reduce to a small number.

   The modular inverse used is calculated efficiently by
`modlimb_invert' in `gmp-impl.h'.  This does four multiplies for a
32-bit limb, or six for a 64-bit limb.  `tune/modlinv.c' has some
alternate implementations that might suit processors better at bit
twiddling than multiplying.

   The sub-quadratic exact division described by Jebelean in "Exact
Division with Karatsuba Complexity" is not currently implemented.  It
uses a rearrangement similar to the divide and conquer for normal
division (*note Divide and Conquer Division::), but operating from low
to high.  A further possibility not currently implemented is
"Bidirectional Exact Integer Division" by Krandick and Jebelean which
forms quotient limbs from both the high and low ends of the dividend,
and can halve once more the number of crossproducts needed in a 2NxN
division.

   A special case exact division by 3 exists in `mpn_divexact_by3',
supporting Toom-3 multiplication and `mpq' canonicalizations.  It forms
quotient digits with a multiply by the modular inverse of 3 (which is
`0xAA..AAB') and uses two comparisons to determine a borrow for the next
limb.  The multiplications don't need to be on the dependent chain, as
long as the effect of the borrows is applied.  Only a few optimized
assembler implementations currently exist.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Exact Remainder,  Next: Small Quotient Division,  Prev: Exact Division,  Up: Division Algorithms

Exact Remainder
---------------

   If the exact division algorithm is done with a full subtraction at
each stage and the dividend isn't a multiple of the divisor, then low
zero limbs are produced but with a remainder in the high limbs.  For
dividend a, divisor d, quotient q, and b = 2^mp_bits_per_limb, then this
remainder r is of the form

     a = q*d + r*b^n

   n represents the number of zero limbs produced by the subtractions,
that being the number of limbs produced for q.  r will be in the range
0<=r<d and can be viewed as a remainder, but one shifted up by a factor
of b^n.

   Carrying out full subtractions at each stage means the same number
of cross products must be done as a normal division, but there's still
some single limb divisions saved.  When d is a single limb some
simplifications arise, providing good speedups on a number of
processors.

   `mpn_bdivmod', `mpn_divexact_by3', `mpn_modexact_1_odd' and the
`redc' function in `mpz_powm' differ subtly in how they return r,
leading to some negations in the above formula, but all are essentially
the same.

   Clearly r is zero when a is a multiple of d, and this leads to
divisibility or congruence tests which are potentially more efficient
than a normal division.

   The factor of b^n on r can be ignored in a GCD when d is odd, hence
the use of `mpn_bdivmod' in `mpn_gcd', and the use of
`mpn_modexact_1_odd' by `mpn_gcd_1' and `mpz_kronecker_ui' etc (*note
Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms::).

   Montgomery's REDC method for modular multiplications uses operands
of the form of x*b^-n and y*b^-n and on calculating (x*b^-n)*(y*b^-n)
uses the factor of b^n in the exact remainder to reach a product in the
same form (x*y)*b^-n (*note Modular Powering Algorithm::).

   Notice that r generally gives no useful information about the
ordinary remainder a mod d since b^n mod d could be anything.  If
however b^n == 1 mod d, then r is the negative of the ordinary
remainder.  This occurs whenever d is a factor of b^n-1, as for example
with 3 in `mpn_divexact_by3'.  Other such factors include 5, 17 and
257, but no particular use has been found for this.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Small Quotient Division,  Prev: Exact Remainder,  Up: Division Algorithms

Small Quotient Division
-----------------------

   An NxM division where the number of quotient limbs Q=N-M is small
can be optimized somewhat.

   An ordinary basecase division normalizes the divisor by shifting it
to make the high bit set, shifting the dividend accordingly, and
shifting the remainder back down at the end of the calculation.  This
is wasteful if only a few quotient limbs are to be formed.  Instead a
division of just the top 2*Q limbs of the dividend by the top Q limbs
of the divisor can be used to form a trial quotient.  This requires
only those limbs normalized, not the whole of the divisor and dividend.

   A multiply and subtract then applies the trial quotient to the M-Q
unused limbs of the divisor and N-Q dividend limbs (which includes Q
limbs remaining from the trial quotient division).  The starting trial
quotient can be 1 or 2 too big, but all cases of 2 too big and most
cases of 1 too big are detected by first comparing the most significant
limbs that will arise from the subtraction.  An addback is done if the
quotient still turns out to be 1 too big.

   This whole procedure is essentially the same as one step of the
basecase algorithm done in a Q limb base, though with the trial
quotient test done only with the high limbs, not an entire Q limb
"digit" product.  The correctness of this weaker test can be
established by following the argument of Knuth section 4.3.1 exercise
20 but with the v2*q>b*r+u2 condition appropriately relaxed.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms,  Next: Powering Algorithms,  Prev: Division Algorithms,  Up: Algorithms

Greatest Common Divisor
=======================

* Menu:

* Binary GCD::
* Accelerated GCD::
* Extended GCD::
* Jacobi Symbol::


File: gmp.info,  Node: Binary GCD,  Next: Accelerated GCD,  Prev: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms,  Up: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms

Binary GCD
----------

   At small sizes GMP uses an O(N^2) binary style GCD.  This is
described in many textbooks, for example Knuth section 4.5.2 algorithm
B.  It simply consists of successively reducing operands a and b using
gcd(a,b) = gcd(min(a,b),abs(a-b)), and also that if a and b are first
made odd then abs(a-b) is even and factors of two can be discarded.

   Variants like letting a-b become negative and doing a different next
step are of interest only as far as they suit particular CPUs, since on
small operands it's machine dependent factors that determine
performance.

   The Euclidean GCD algorithm, as per Knuth algorithms E and A,
reduces using a mod b but this has so far been found to be slower
everywhere.  One reason the binary method does well is that the implied
quotient at each step is usually small, so often only one or two
subtractions are needed to get the same effect as a division.
Quotients 1, 2 and 3 for example occur 67.7% of the time, see Knuth
section 4.5.3 Theorem E.

   When the implied quotient is large, meaning b is much smaller than
a, then a division is worthwhile.  This is the basis for the initial a
mod b reductions in `mpn_gcd' and `mpn_gcd_1' (the latter for both Nx1
and 1x1 cases).  But after that initial reduction, big quotients occur
too rarely to make it worth checking for them.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Accelerated GCD,  Next: Extended GCD,  Prev: Binary GCD,  Up: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms

Accelerated GCD
---------------

   For sizes above `GCD_ACCEL_THRESHOLD', GMP uses the Accelerated GCD
algorithm described independently by Weber and Jebelean (the latter as
the "Generalized Binary" algorithm), *note References::.  This
algorithm is still O(N^2), but is much faster than the binary algorithm
since it does fewer multi-precision operations.  It consists of
alternating the k-ary reduction by Sorenson, and a "dmod" exact
remainder reduction.

   For operands u and v the k-ary reduction replaces u with n*v-d*u
where n and d are single limb values chosen to give two trailing zero
limbs on that value, which can be stripped.  n and d are calculated
using an algorithm similar to half of a two limb GCD (see `find_a' in
`mpn/generic/gcd.c').

   When u and v differ in size by more than a certain number of bits, a
dmod is performed to zero out bits at the low end of the larger.  It
consists of an exact remainder style division applied to an appropriate
number of bits (*note Exact Division::, and *note Exact Remainder::).
This is faster than a k-ary reduction but useful only when the operands
differ in size.  There's a dmod after each k-ary reduction, and if the
dmod leaves the operands still differing in size then it's repeated.

   The k-ary reduction step can introduce spurious factors into the GCD
calculated, and these are eliminated at the end by taking GCDs with the
original inputs gcd(u,gcd(v,g)) using the binary algorithm.  Since g is
almost always small this takes very little time.

   At small sizes the algorithm needs a good implementation of
`find_a'.  At larger sizes it's dominated by `mpn_addmul_1' applying n
and d.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Extended GCD,  Next: Jacobi Symbol,  Prev: Accelerated GCD,  Up: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms

Extended GCD
------------

   The extended GCD calculates gcd(a,b) and also cofactors x and y
satisfying a*x+b*y=gcd(a,b).  Lehmer's multi-step improvement of the
extended Euclidean algorithm is used.  See Knuth section 4.5.2
algorithm L, and `mpn/generic/gcdext.c'.  This is an O(N^2) algorithm.

   The multipliers at each step are found using single limb
calculations for sizes up to `GCDEXT_THRESHOLD', or double limb
calculations above that.  The single limb code is faster but doesn't
produce full-limb multipliers, hence not making full use of the
`mpn_addmul_1' calls.

   When a CPU has a data-dependent multiplier, meaning one which is
faster on operands with fewer bits, the extra work in the double-limb
calculation might only save some looping overheads, leading to a large
`GCDEXT_THRESHOLD'.

   Currently the single limb calculation doesn't optimize for the small
quotients that often occur, and this can lead to unusually low values of
`GCDEXT_THRESHOLD', depending on the CPU.

   An analysis of double-limb calculations can be found in "A
Double-Digit Lehmer-Euclid Algorithm" by Jebelean (*note References::).
The code in GMP was developed independently.

   It should be noted that when a double limb calculation is used, it's
used for the whole of that GCD, it doesn't fall back to single limb
part way through.  This is because as the algorithm proceeds, the
inputs a and b are reduced, but the cofactors x and y grow, so the
multipliers at each step are applied to a roughly constant total number
of limbs.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Jacobi Symbol,  Prev: Extended GCD,  Up: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms

Jacobi Symbol
-------------

   `mpz_jacobi' and `mpz_kronecker' are currently implemented with a
simple binary algorithm similar to that described for the GCDs (*note
Binary GCD::).  They're not very fast when both inputs are large.
Lehmer's multi-step improvement or a binary based multi-step algorithm
is likely to be better.

   When one operand fits a single limb, and that includes
`mpz_kronecker_ui' and friends, an initial reduction is done with
either `mpn_mod_1' or `mpn_modexact_1_odd', followed by the binary
algorithm on a single limb.  The binary algorithm is well suited to a
single limb, and the whole calculation in this case is quite efficient.

   In all the routines sign changes for the result are accumulated
using some bit twiddling, avoiding table lookups or conditional jumps.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Powering Algorithms,  Next: Root Extraction Algorithms,  Prev: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms,  Up: Algorithms

Powering Algorithms
===================

* Menu:

* Normal Powering Algorithm::
* Modular Powering Algorithm::


File: gmp.info,  Node: Normal Powering Algorithm,  Next: Modular Powering Algorithm,  Prev: Powering Algorithms,  Up: Powering Algorithms

Normal Powering
---------------

   Normal `mpz' or `mpf' powering uses a simple binary algorithm,
successively squaring and then multiplying by the base when a 1 bit is
seen in the exponent, as per Knuth section 4.6.3.  The "left to right"
variant described there is used rather than algorithm A, since it's
just as easy and can be done with somewhat less temporary memory.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Modular Powering Algorithm,  Prev: Normal Powering Algorithm,  Up: Powering Algorithms

Modular Powering
----------------

   Modular powering is implemented using a 2^k-ary sliding window
algorithm, as per "Handbook of Applied Cryptography" algorithm 14.85
(*note References::).  k is chosen according to the size of the
exponent.  Larger exponents use larger values of k, the choice being
made to minimize the average number of multiplications that must
supplement the squaring.

   The modular multiplies and squares use either a simple division or
the REDC method by Montgomery (*note References::).  REDC is a little
faster, essentially saving N single limb divisions in a fashion similar
to an exact remainder (*note Exact Remainder::).  The current REDC has
some limitations.  It's only O(N^2) so above `POWM_THRESHOLD' division
becomes faster and is used.  It doesn't attempt to detect small bases,
but rather always uses a REDC form, which is usually a full size
operand.  And lastly it's only applied to odd moduli.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Root Extraction Algorithms,  Next: Radix Conversion Algorithms,  Prev: Powering Algorithms,  Up: Algorithms

Root Extraction Algorithms
==========================

* Menu:

* Square Root Algorithm::
* Nth Root Algorithm::
* Perfect Square Algorithm::
* Perfect Power Algorithm::


File: gmp.info,  Node: Square Root Algorithm,  Next: Nth Root Algorithm,  Prev: Root Extraction Algorithms,  Up: Root Extraction Algorithms

Square Root
-----------

   Square roots are taken using the "Karatsuba Square Root" algorithm
by Paul Zimmermann (*note References::).  This is expressed in a divide
and conquer form, but as noted in the paper it can also be viewed as a
discrete variant of Newton's method.

   In the Karatsuba multiplication range this is an O(1.5*M(N/2))
algorithm, where M(n) is the time to multiply two numbers of n limbs.
In the FFT multiplication range this grows to a bound of O(6*M(N/2)).
In practice a factor of about 1.5 to 1.8 is found in the Karatsuba and
Toom-3 ranges, growing to 2 or 3 in the FFT range.

   The algorithm does all its calculations in integers and the resulting
`mpn_sqrtrem' is used for both `mpz_sqrt' and `mpf_sqrt'.  The extended
precision given by `mpf_sqrt_ui' is obtained by padding with zero limbs.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Nth Root Algorithm,  Next: Perfect Square Algorithm,  Prev: Square Root Algorithm,  Up: Root Extraction Algorithms

Nth Root
--------

   Integer Nth roots are taken using Newton's method with the following
iteration, where A is the input and n is the root to be taken.

              1         A
     a[i+1] = - * ( --------- + (n-1)*a[i] )
              n     a[i]^(n-1)

   The initial approximation a[1] is generated bitwise by successively
powering a trial root with or without new 1 bits, aiming to be just
above the true root.  The iteration converges quadratically when
started from a good approximation.  When n is large more initial bits
are needed to get good convergence.  The current implementation is not
particularly well optimized.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Perfect Square Algorithm,  Next: Perfect Power Algorithm,  Prev: Nth Root Algorithm,  Up: Root Extraction Algorithms

Perfect Square
--------------

   `mpz_perfect_square_p' is able to quickly exclude most non-squares by
checking whether the input is a quadratic residue modulo some small
integers.

   The first test is modulo 256 which means simply examining the least
significant byte.  Only 44 different values occur as the low byte of a
square, so 82.8% of non-squares can be immediately excluded.  Similar
tests modulo primes from 3 to 29 exclude 99.5% of those remaining, or
if a limb is 64 bits then primes up to 53 are used, excluding 99.99%.
A single Nx1 remainder using `PP' from `gmp-impl.h' quickly gives all
these remainders.

   A square root must still be taken for any value that passes the
residue tests, to verify it's really a square and not one of the 0.086%
(or 0.000156% for 64 bits) non-squares that get through.  *Note Square
Root Algorithm::.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Perfect Power Algorithm,  Prev: Perfect Square Algorithm,  Up: Root Extraction Algorithms

Perfect Power
-------------

   Detecting perfect powers is required by some factorization
algorithms.  Currently `mpz_perfect_power_p' is implemented using
repeated Nth root extractions, though naturally only prime roots need
to be considered.  (*Note Nth Root Algorithm::.)

   If a prime divisor p with multiplicity e can be found, then only
roots which are divisors of e need to be considered, much reducing the
work necessary.  To this end divisibility by a set of small primes is
checked.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Radix Conversion Algorithms,  Next: Other Algorithms,  Prev: Root Extraction Algorithms,  Up: Algorithms

Radix Conversion
================

   Radix conversions are less important than other algorithms.  A
program dominated by conversions should probably use a different data
representation.

* Menu:

* Binary to Radix::
* Radix to Binary::


File: gmp.info,  Node: Binary to Radix,  Next: Radix to Binary,  Prev: Radix Conversion Algorithms,  Up: Radix Conversion Algorithms

Binary to Radix
---------------

   Conversions from binary to a power-of-2 radix use a simple and fast
O(N) bit extraction algorithm.

   Conversions from binary to other radices use one of two algorithms.
Sizes below `GET_STR_PRECOMPUTE_THRESHOLD' use a basic O(N^2) method.
Repeated divisions by b^n are made, where b is the radix and n is the
biggest power that fits in a limb.  But instead of simply using the
remainder r from such divisions, an extra divide step is done to give a
fractional limb representing r/b^n.  The digits of r can then be
extracted using multiplications by b rather than divisions.  Special
case code is provided for decimal, allowing multiplications by 10 to
optimize to shifts and adds.

   Above `GET_STR_PRECOMPUTE_THRESHOLD' a sub-quadratic algorithm is
used.  For an input t, powers b^(n*2^i) of the radix are calculated,
until a power between t and sqrt(t) is reached.  t is then divided by
that largest power, giving a quotient which is the digits above that
power, and a remainder which is those below.  These two parts are in
turn divided by the second highest power, and so on recursively.  When
a piece has been divided down to less than `GET_STR_DC_THRESHOLD'
limbs, the basecase algorithm described above is used.

   The advantage of this algorithm is that big divisions can make use
of the sub-quadratic divide and conquer division (*note Divide and
Conquer Division::), and big divisions tend to have less overheads than
lots of separate single limb divisions anyway.  But in any case the
cost of calculating the powers b^(n*2^i) must first be overcome.

   `GET_STR_PRECOMPUTE_THRESHOLD' and `GET_STR_DC_THRESHOLD' represent
the same basic thing, the point where it becomes worth doing a big
division to cut the input in half.  `GET_STR_PRECOMPUTE_THRESHOLD'
includes the cost of calculating the radix power required, whereas
`GET_STR_DC_THRESHOLD' assumes that's already available, which is the
case when recursing.

   Since the base case produces digits from least to most significant
but they want to be stored from most to least, it's necessary to
calculate in advance how many digits there will be, or at least be sure
not to underestimate that.  For GMP the number of input bits is
multiplied by `chars_per_bit_exactly' from `mp_bases', rounding up.
The result is either correct or one too big.

   Examining some of the high bits of the input could increase the
chance of getting the exact number of digits, but an exact result every
time would not be practical, since in general the difference between
numbers 100... and 99... is only in the last few bits and the work to
identify 99...  might well be almost as much as a full conversion.

   `mpf_get_str' doesn't currently use the algorithm described here, it
multiplies or divides by a power of b to move the radix point to the
just above the highest non-zero digit (or at worst one above that
location), then multiplies by b^n to bring out digits.  This is O(N^2)
and is certainly not optimal.

   The r/b^n scheme described above for using multiplications to bring
out digits might be useful for more than a single limb.  Some brief
experiments with it on the base case when recursing didn't give a
noticable improvement, but perhaps that was only due to the
implementation.  Something similar would work for the sub-quadratic
divisions too, though there would be the cost of calculating a bigger
radix power.

   Another possible improvement for the sub-quadratic part would be to
arrange for radix powers that balanced the sizes of quotient and
remainder produced, ie. the highest power would be an b^(n*k)
approximately equal to sqrt(t), not restricted to a 2^i factor.  That
ought to smooth out a graph of times against sizes, but may or may not
be a net speedup.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Radix to Binary,  Prev: Binary to Radix,  Up: Radix Conversion Algorithms

Radix to Binary
---------------

   Conversions from a power-of-2 radix into binary use a simple and fast
O(N) bitwise concatenation algorithm.

   Conversions from other radices use one of two algorithms.  Sizes
below `SET_STR_THRESHOLD' use a basic O(N^2) method.  Groups of n
digits are converted to limbs, where n is the biggest power of the base
b which will fit in a limb, then those groups are accumulated into the
result by multiplying by b^n and adding.  This saves multi-precision
operations, as per Knuth section 4.4 part E (*note References::).  Some
special case code is provided for decimal, giving the compiler a chance
to optimize multiplications by 10.

   Above `SET_STR_THRESHOLD' a sub-quadratic algorithm is used.  First
groups of n digits are converted into limbs.  Then adjacent limbs are
combined into limb pairs with x*b^n+y, where x and y are the limbs.
Adjacent limb pairs are combined into quads similarly with x*b^(2n)+y.
This continues until a single block remains, that being the result.

   The advantage of this method is that the multiplications for each x
are big blocks, allowing Karatsuba and higher algorithms to be used.
But the cost of calculating the powers b^(n*2^i) must be overcome.
`SET_STR_THRESHOLD' usually ends up quite big, around 5000 digits, and
on some processors much bigger still.

   `SET_STR_THRESHOLD' is based on the input digits (and tuned for
decimal), though it might be better based on a limb count, so as to be
independent of the base.  But that sort of count isn't used by the base
case and so would need some sort of initial calculation or estimate.

   The main reason `SET_STR_THRESHOLD' is so much bigger than the
corresponding `GET_STR_PRECOMPUTE_THRESHOLD' is that `mpn_mul_1' is
much faster than `mpn_divrem_1' (often by a factor of 10, or more).


File: gmp.info,  Node: Other Algorithms,  Next: Assembler Coding,  Prev: Radix Conversion Algorithms,  Up: Algorithms

Other Algorithms
================

* Menu:

* Factorial Algorithm::
* Binomial Coefficients Algorithm::
* Fibonacci Numbers Algorithm::
* Lucas Numbers Algorithm::


File: gmp.info,  Node: Factorial Algorithm,  Next: Binomial Coefficients Algorithm,  Prev: Other Algorithms,  Up: Other Algorithms

Factorial
---------

   Factorials n! are calculated by a simple product from 1 to n, but
arranged into certain sub-products.

   First as many factors as fit in a limb are accumulated, then two of
those multiplied to give a 2-limb product.  When two 2-limb products
are ready they're multiplied to a 4-limb product, and when two 4-limbs
are ready they're multiplied to an 8-limb product, etc.  A stack of
outstanding products is built up, with two of the same size multiplied
together when ready.

   Arranging for multiplications to have operands the same (or nearly
the same) size means the Karatsuba and higher multiplication algorithms
can be used.  And even on sizes below the Karatsuba threshold an NxN
multiply will give a basecase multiply more to work on.

   An obvious improvement not currently implemented would be to strip
factors of 2 from the products and apply them at the end with a bit
shift.  Another possibility would be to determine the prime
factorization of the result (which can be done easily), and use a
powering method, at each stage squaring then multiplying in those
primes with a 1 in their exponent at that point.  The advantage would
be some multiplies turned into squares.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Binomial Coefficients Algorithm,  Next: Fibonacci Numbers Algorithm,  Prev: Factorial Algorithm,  Up: Other Algorithms

Binomial Coefficients
---------------------

   Binomial coefficients C(n,k) are calculated by first arranging k <=
n/2 using C(n,k) = C(n,n-k) if necessary, and then evaluating the
following product simply from i=2 to i=k.

                           k  (n-k+i)
     C(n,k) =  (n-k+1) * prod -------
                          i=2    i

   It's easy to show that each denominator i will divide the product so
far, so the exact division algorithm is used (*note Exact Division::).

   The numerators n-k+i and denominators i are first accumulated into
as many fit a limb, to save multi-precision operations, though for
`mpz_bin_ui' this applies only to the divisors, since n is an `mpz_t'
and n-k+i in general won't fit in a limb at all.

   An obvious improvement would be to strip factors of 2 from each
multiplier and divisor and count them separately, to be applied with a
bit shift at the end.  Factors of 3 and perhaps 5 could even be handled
similarly.  Another possibility, if n is not too big, would be to
determine the prime factorization of the result based on the factorials
involved, and power up those primes appropriately.  This would help
most when k is near n/2.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Fibonacci Numbers Algorithm,  Next: Lucas Numbers Algorithm,  Prev: Binomial Coefficients Algorithm,  Up: Other Algorithms

Fibonacci Numbers
-----------------

   The Fibonacci functions `mpz_fib_ui' and `mpz_fib2_ui' are designed
for calculating isolated F[n] or F[n],F[n-1] values efficiently.

   For small n, a table of single limb values in `__gmp_fib_table' is
used.  On a 32-bit limb this goes up to F[47], or on a 64-bit limb up
to F[93].  For convenience the table starts at F[-1].

   Beyond the table, values are generated with a binary powering
algorithm, calculating a pair F[n] and F[n-1] working from high to low
across the bits of n.  The formulas used are

     F[2k+1] = 4*F[k]^2 - F[k-1]^2 + 2*(-1)^k
     F[2k-1] =   F[k]^2 + F[k-1]^2
     
     F[2k] = F[2k+1] - F[2k-1]

   At each step, k is the high b bits of n.  If the next bit of n is 0
then F[2k],F[2k-1] is used, or if it's a 1 then F[2k+1],F[2k] is used,
and the process repeated until all bits of n are incorporated.  Notice
these formulas require just two squares per bit of n.

   It'd be possible to handle the first few n above the single limb
table with simple additions, using the defining Fibonacci recurrence
F[k+1]=F[k]+F[k-1], but this is not done since it usually turns out to
be faster for only about 10 or 20 values of n, and including a block of
code for just those doesn't seem worthwhile.  If they really mattered
it'd be better to extend the data table.

   Using a table avoids lots of calculations on small numbers, and
makes small n go fast.  A bigger table would make more small n go fast,
it's just a question of balancing size against desired speed.  For GMP
the code is kept compact, with the emphasis primarily on a good
powering algorithm.

   `mpz_fib2_ui' returns both F[n] and F[n-1], but `mpz_fib_ui' is only
interested in F[n].  In this case the last step of the algorithm can
become one multiply instead of two squares.  One of the following two
formulas is used, according as n is odd or even.

     F[2k]   = F[k]*(F[k]+2F[k-1])
     
     F[2k+1] = (2F[k]+F[k-1])*(2F[k]-F[k-1]) + 2*(-1)^k

   F[2k+1] here is the same as above, just rearranged to be a multiply.
For interest, the 2*(-1)^k term both here and above can be applied
just to the low limb of the calculation, without a carry or borrow into
further limbs, which saves some code size.  See comments with
`mpz_fib_ui' and the internal `mpn_fib2_ui' for how this is done.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Lucas Numbers Algorithm,  Prev: Fibonacci Numbers Algorithm,  Up: Other Algorithms

Lucas Numbers
-------------

   `mpz_lucnum2_ui' derives a pair of Lucas numbers from a pair of
Fibonacci numbers with the following simple formulas.

     L[k]   =   F[k] + 2*F[k-1]
     L[k-1] = 2*F[k] -   F[k-1]

   `mpz_lucnum_ui' is only interested in L[n], and some work can be
saved.  Trailing zero bits on n can be handled with a single square
each.

     L[2k] = L[k]^2 - 2*(-1)^k

   And the lowest 1 bit can be handled with one multiply of a pair of
Fibonacci numbers, similar to what `mpz_fib_ui' does.

     L[2k+1] = 5*F[k-1]*(2*F[k]+F[k-1]) - 4*(-1)^k


File: gmp.info,  Node: Assembler Coding,  Prev: Other Algorithms,  Up: Algorithms

Assembler Coding
================

   The assembler subroutines in GMP are the most significant source of
speed at small to moderate sizes.  At larger sizes algorithm selection
becomes more important, but of course speedups in low level routines
will still speed up everything proportionally.

   Carry handling and widening multiplies that are important for GMP
can't be easily expressed in C.  GCC `asm' blocks help a lot and are
provided in `longlong.h', but hand coding low level routines invariably
offers a speedup over generic C by a factor of anything from 2 to 10.

* Menu:

* Assembler Code Organisation::
* Assembler Basics::
* Assembler Carry Propagation::
* Assembler Cache Handling::
* Assembler Floating Point::
* Assembler SIMD Instructions::
* Assembler Software Pipelining::
* Assembler Loop Unrolling::


File: gmp.info,  Node: Assembler Code Organisation,  Next: Assembler Basics,  Prev: Assembler Coding,  Up: Assembler Coding

Code Organisation
-----------------

   The various `mpn' subdirectories contain machine-dependent code,
written in C or assembler.  The `mpn/generic' subdirectory contains
default code, used when there's no machine-specific version of a
particular file.

   Each `mpn' subdirectory is for an ISA family.  Generally 32-bit and
64-bit variants in a family cannot share code and will have separate
directories.  Within a family further subdirectories may exist for CPU
variants.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Assembler Basics,  Next: Assembler Carry Propagation,  Prev: Assembler Code Organisation,  Up: Assembler Coding

Assembler Basics
----------------

   `mpn_addmul_1' and `mpn_submul_1' are the most important routines
for overall GMP performance.  All multiplications and divisions come
down to repeated calls to these.  `mpn_add_n', `mpn_sub_n',
`mpn_lshift' and `mpn_rshift' are next most important.

   On some CPUs assembler versions of the internal functions
`mpn_mul_basecase' and `mpn_sqr_basecase' give significant speedups,
mainly through avoiding function call overheads.  They can also
potentially make better use of a wide superscalar processor.

   The restrictions on overlaps between sources and destinations (*note
Low-level Functions::) are designed to facilitate a variety of
implementations.  For example, knowing `mpn_add_n' won't have partly
overlapping sources and destination means reading can be done far ahead
of writing on superscalar processors, and loops can be vectorized on a
vector processor, depending on the carry handling.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Assembler Carry Propagation,  Next: Assembler Cache Handling,  Prev: Assembler Basics,  Up: Assembler Coding

Carry Propagation
-----------------

   The problem that presents most challenges in GMP is propagating
carries from one limb to the next.  In functions like `mpn_addmul_1' and
`mpn_add_n', carries are the only dependencies between limb operations.

   On processors with carry flags, a straightforward CISC style `adc' is
generally best.  AMD K6 `mpn_addmul_1' however is an example of an
unusual set of circumstances where a branch works out better.

   On RISC processors generally an add and compare for overflow is
used.  This sort of thing can be seen in `mpn/generic/aors_n.c'.  Some
carry propagation schemes require 4 instructions, meaning at least 4
cycles per limb, but other schemes may use just 1 or 2.  On wide
superscalar processors performance may be completely determined by the
number of dependent instructions between carry-in and carry-out for
each limb.

   On vector processors good use can be made of the fact that a carry
bit only very rarely propagates more than one limb.  When adding a
single bit to a limb, there's only a carry out if that limb was
`0xFF...FF' which on random data will be only 1 in 2^mp_bits_per_limb.
`mpn/cray/add_n.c' is an example of this, it adds all limbs in
parallel, adds one set of carry bits in parallel and then only rarely
needs to fall through to a loop propagating further carries.

   On the x86s, GCC (as of version 2.95.2) doesn't generate
particularly good code for the RISC style idioms that are necessary to
handle carry bits in C.  Often conditional jumps are generated where
`adc' or `sbb' forms would be better.  And so unfortunately almost any
loop involving carry bits needs to be coded in assembler for best
results.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Assembler Cache Handling,  Next: Assembler Floating Point,  Prev: Assembler Carry Propagation,  Up: Assembler Coding

Cache Handling
--------------

   GMP aims to perform well both on operands that fit entirely in L1
cache and those which don't.

   Basic routines like `mpn_add_n' or `mpn_lshift' are often used on
large operands, so L2 and main memory performance is important for them.
`mpn_mul_1' and `mpn_addmul_1' are mostly used for multiply and square
basecases, so L1 performance matters most for them, unless assembler
versions of `mpn_mul_basecase' and `mpn_sqr_basecase' exist, in which
case the remaining uses are mostly for larger operands.

   For L2 or main memory operands, memory access times will almost
certainly be more than the calculation time.  The aim therefore is to
maximize memory throughput, by starting a load of the next cache line
which processing the contents of the previous one.  Clearly this is
only possible if the chip has a lock-up free cache or some sort of
prefetch instruction.  Most current chips have both these features.

   Prefetching sources combines well with loop unrolling, since a
prefetch can be initiated once per unrolled loop (or more than once if
the loop covers more than one cache line).

   On CPUs without write-allocate caches, prefetching destinations will
ensure individual stores don't go further down the cache hierarchy,
limiting bandwidth.  Of course for calculations which are slow anyway,
like `mpn_divrem_1', write-throughs might be fine.

   The distance ahead to prefetch will be determined by memory latency
versus throughput.  The aim of course is to have data arriving
continuously, at peak throughput.  Some CPUs have limits on the number
of fetches or prefetches in progress.

   If a special prefetch instruction doesn't exist then a plain load
can be used, but in that case care must be taken not to attempt to read
past the end of an operand, since that might produce a segmentation
violation.

   Some CPUs or systems have hardware that detects sequential memory
accesses and initiates suitable cache movements automatically, making
life easy.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Assembler Floating Point,  Next: Assembler SIMD Instructions,  Prev: Assembler Cache Handling,  Up: Assembler Coding

Floating Point
--------------

   Floating point arithmetic is used in GMP for multiplications on CPUs
with poor integer multipliers.  It's mostly useful for `mpn_mul_1',
`mpn_addmul_1' and `mpn_submul_1' on 64-bit machines, and
`mpn_mul_basecase' on both 32-bit and 64-bit machines.

   With IEEE 53-bit double precision floats, integer multiplications
producing up to 53 bits will give exact results.  Breaking a 64x64
multiplication into eight 16x32->48 bit pieces is convenient.  With
some care though six 21x32->53 bit products can be used, if one of the
lower two 21-bit pieces also uses the sign bit.

   For the `mpn_mul_1' family of functions on a 64-bit machine, the
invariant single limb is split at the start, into 3 or 4 pieces.
Inside the loop, the bignum operand is split into 32-bit pieces.  Fast
conversion of these unsigned 32-bit pieces to floating point is highly
machine-dependent.  In some cases, reading the data into the integer
unit, zero-extending to 64-bits, then transferring to the floating
point unit back via memory is the only option.

   Converting partial products back to 64-bit limbs is usually best
done as a signed conversion.  Since all values are smaller than 2^53,
signed and unsigned are the same, but most processors lack unsigned
conversions.



   Here is a diagram showing 16x32 bit products for an `mpn_mul_1' or
`mpn_addmul_1' with a 64-bit limb.  The single limb operand V is split
into four 16-bit parts.  The multi-limb operand U is split in the loop
into two 32-bit parts.

                     +---+---+---+---+
                     |v48|v32|v16|v00|    V operand
                     +---+---+---+---+
     
                     +-------+---+---+
                 x   |  u32  |  u00  |    U operand (one limb)
                     +---------------+
     
     ---------------------------------
     
                         +-----------+
                         | u00 x v00 |    p00    48-bit products
                         +-----------+
                     +-----------+
                     | u00 x v16 |        p16
                     +-----------+
                 +-----------+
                 | u00 x v32 |            p32
                 +-----------+
             +-----------+
             | u00 x v48 |                p48
             +-----------+
                 +-----------+
                 | u32 x v00 |            r32
                 +-----------+
             +-----------+
             | u32 x v16 |                r48
             +-----------+
         +-----------+
         | u32 x v32 |                    r64
         +-----------+
     +-----------+
     | u32 x v48 |                        r80
     +-----------+

   p32 and r32 can be summed using floating-point addition, and
likewise p48 and r48.  p00 and p16 can be summed with r64 and r80 from
the previous iteration.

   For each loop then, four 49-bit quantities are transfered to the
integer unit, aligned as follows,

     |-----64bits----|-----64bits----|
                        +------------+
                        | p00 + r64' |    i00
                        +------------+
                    +------------+
                    | p16 + r80' |        i16
                    +------------+
                +------------+
                | p32 + r32  |            i32
                +------------+
            +------------+
            | p48 + r48  |                i48
            +------------+

   The challenge then is to sum these efficiently and add in a carry
limb, generating a low 64-bit result limb and a high 33-bit carry limb
(i48 extends 33 bits into the high half).


File: gmp.info,  Node: Assembler SIMD Instructions,  Next: Assembler Software Pipelining,  Prev: Assembler Floating Point,  Up: Assembler Coding

SIMD Instructions
-----------------

   The single-instruction multiple-data support in current
microprocessors is aimed at signal processing algorithms where each
data point can be treated more or less independently.  There's
generally not much support for propagating the sort of carries that
arise in GMP.

   SIMD multiplications of say four 16x16 bit multiplies only do as much
work as one 32x32 from GMP's point of view, and need some shifts and
adds besides.  But of course if say the SIMD form is fully pipelined
and uses less instruction decoding then it may still be worthwhile.

   On the 80x86 chips, MMX has so far found a use in `mpn_rshift' and
`mpn_lshift' since it allows 64-bit operations, and is used in a special
case for 16-bit multipliers in the P55 `mpn_mul_1'.  3DNow and SSE
haven't found a use so far.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Assembler Software Pipelining,  Next: Assembler Loop Unrolling,  Prev: Assembler SIMD Instructions,  Up: Assembler Coding

Software Pipelining
-------------------

   Software pipelining consists of scheduling instructions around the
branch point in a loop.  For example a loop taking a checksum of an
array of limbs might have a load and an add, but the load wouldn't be
for that add, rather for the one next time around the loop.  Each load
then is effectively scheduled back in the previous iteration, allowing
latency to be hidden.

   Naturally this is wanted only when doing things like loads or
multiplies that take a few cycles to complete, and only where a CPU has
multiple functional units so that other work can be done while waiting.

   A pipeline with several stages will have a data value in progress at
each stage and each loop iteration moves them along one stage.  This is
like juggling.

   Within the loop some moves between registers may be necessary to
have the right values in the right places for each iteration.  Loop
unrolling can help this, with each unrolled block able to use different
registers for different values, even if some shuffling is still needed
just before going back to the top of the loop.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Assembler Loop Unrolling,  Prev: Assembler Software Pipelining,  Up: Assembler Coding

Loop Unrolling
--------------

   Loop unrolling consists of replicating code so that several limbs are
processed in each loop.  At a minimum this reduces loop overheads by a
corresponding factor, but it can also allow better register usage, for
example alternately using one register combination and then another.
Judicious use of `m4' macros can help avoid lots of duplication in the
source code.

   Unrolling is commonly done to a power of 2 multiple so the number of
unrolled loops and the number of remaining limbs can be calculated with
a shift and mask.  But other multiples can be used too, just by
subtracting each N limbs processed from a counter and waiting for less
than N remaining (or offsetting the counter by N so it goes negative
when there's less than N remaining).

   The limbs not a multiple of the unrolling can be handled in various
ways, for example

   * A simple loop at the end (or the start) to process the excess.
     Care will be wanted that it isn't too much slower than the
     unrolled part.

   * A set of binary tests, for example after an 8-limb unrolling, test
     for 4 more limbs to process, then a further 2 more or not, and
     finally 1 more or not.  This will probably take more code space
     than a simple loop.

   * A `switch' statement, providing separate code for each possible
     excess, for example an 8-limb unrolling would have separate code
     for 0 remaining, 1 remaining, etc, up to 7 remaining.  This might
     take a lot of code, but may be the best way to optimize all cases
     in combination with a deep pipelined loop.

   * A computed jump into the middle of the loop, thus making the first
     iteration handle the excess.  This should make times smoothly
     increase with size, which is attractive, but setups for the jump
     and adjustments for pointers can be tricky and could become quite
     difficult in combination with deep pipelining.

   One way to write the setups and finishups for a pipelined unrolled
loop is simply to duplicate the loop at the start and the end, then
delete instructions at the start which have no valid antecedents, and
delete instructions at the end whose results are unwanted.  Sizes not a
multiple of the unrolling can then be handled as desired.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Internals,  Next: Contributors,  Prev: Algorithms,  Up: Top

Internals
*********

   *This chapter is provided only for informational purposes and the
various internals described here may change in future GMP releases.
Applications expecting to be compatible with future releases should use
only the documented interfaces described in previous chapters.*

* Menu:

* Integer Internals::
* Rational Internals::
* Float Internals::
* Raw Output Internals::
* C++ Interface Internals::


File: gmp.info,  Node: Integer Internals,  Next: Rational Internals,  Prev: Internals,  Up: Internals

Integer Internals
=================

   `mpz_t' variables represent integers using sign and magnitude, in
space dynamically allocated and reallocated.  The fields are as follows.

`_mp_size'
     The number of limbs, or the negative of that when representing a
     negative integer.  Zero is represented by `_mp_size' set to zero,
     in which case the `_mp_d' data is unused.

`_mp_d'
     A pointer to an array of limbs which is the magnitude.  These are
     stored "little endian" as per the `mpn' functions, so `_mp_d[0]'
     is the least significant limb and `_mp_d[ABS(_mp_size)-1]' is the
     most significant.  Whenever `_mp_size' is non-zero, the most
     significant limb is non-zero.

     Currently there's always at least one limb allocated, so for
     instance `mpz_set_ui' never needs to reallocate, and `mpz_get_ui'
     can fetch `_mp_d[0]' unconditionally (though its value is then
     only wanted if `_mp_size' is non-zero).

`_mp_alloc'
     `_mp_alloc' is the number of limbs currently allocated at `_mp_d',
     and naturally `_mp_alloc >= ABS(_mp_size)'.  When an `mpz' routine
     is about to (or might be about to) increase `_mp_size', it checks
     `_mp_alloc' to see whether there's enough space, and reallocates
     if not.  `MPZ_REALLOC' is generally used for this.

   The various bitwise logical functions like `mpz_and' behave as if
negative values were twos complement.  But sign and magnitude is always
used internally, and necessary adjustments are made during the
calculations.  Sometimes this isn't pretty, but sign and magnitude are
best for other routines.

   Some internal temporary variables are setup with `MPZ_TMP_INIT' and
these have `_mp_d' space obtained from `TMP_ALLOC' rather than the
memory allocation functions.  Care is taken to ensure that these are
big enough that no reallocation is necessary (since it would have
unpredictable consequences).


File: gmp.info,  Node: Rational Internals,  Next: Float Internals,  Prev: Integer Internals,  Up: Internals

Rational Internals
==================

   `mpq_t' variables represent rationals using an `mpz_t' numerator and
denominator (*note Integer Internals::).

   The canonical form adopted is denominator positive (and non-zero),
no common factors between numerator and denominator, and zero uniquely
represented as 0/1.

   It's believed that casting out common factors at each stage of a
calculation is best in general.  A GCD is an O(N^2) operation so it's
better to do a few small ones immediately than to delay and have to do
a big one later.  Knowing the numerator and denominator have no common
factors can be used for example in `mpq_mul' to make only two cross
GCDs necessary, not four.

   This general approach to common factors is badly sub-optimal in the
presence of simple factorizations or little prospect for cancellation,
but GMP has no way to know when this will occur.  As per *Note
Efficiency::, that's left to applications.  The `mpq_t' framework might
still suit, with `mpq_numref' and `mpq_denref' for direct access to the
numerator and denominator, or of course `mpz_t' variables can be used
directly.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Float Internals,  Next: Raw Output Internals,  Prev: Rational Internals,  Up: Internals

Float Internals
===============

   Efficient calculation is the primary aim of GMP floats and the use
of whole limbs and simple rounding facilitates this.

   `mpf_t' floats have a variable precision mantissa and a single
machine word signed exponent.  The mantissa is represented using sign
and magnitude.

        most                   least
     significant            significant
        limb                   limb
     
                                 _mp_d
      |---- _mp_exp --->           |
       _____ _____ _____ _____ _____
      |_____|_____|_____|_____|_____|
                        . <------------ radix point
     
       <-------- _mp_size --------->

The fields are as follows.

`_mp_size'
     The number of limbs currently in use, or the negative of that when
     representing a negative value.  Zero is represented by `_mp_size'
     and `_mp_exp' both set to zero, and in that case the `_mp_d' data
     is unused.  (In the future `_mp_exp' might be undefined when
     representing zero.)

`_mp_prec'
     The precision of the mantissa, in limbs.  In any calculation the
     aim is to produce `_mp_prec' limbs of result (the most significant
     being non-zero).

`_mp_d'
     A pointer to the array of limbs which is the absolute value of the
     mantissa.  These are stored "little endian" as per the `mpn'
     functions, so `_mp_d[0]' is the least significant limb and
     `_mp_d[ABS(_mp_size)-1]' the most significant.

     The most significant limb is always non-zero, but there are no
     other restrictions on its value, in particular the highest 1 bit
     can be anywhere within the limb.

     `_mp_prec+1' limbs are allocated to `_mp_d', the extra limb being
     for convenience (see below).  There are no reallocations during a
     calculation, only in a change of precision with `mpf_set_prec'.

`_mp_exp'
     The exponent, in limbs, determining the location of the implied
     radix point.  Zero means the radix point is just above the most
     significant limb.  Positive values mean a radix point offset
     towards the lower limbs and hence a value >= 1, as for example in
     the diagram above.  Negative exponents mean a radix point further
     above the highest limb.

     Naturally the exponent can be any value, it doesn't have to fall
     within the limbs as the diagram shows, it can be a long way above
     or a long way below.  Limbs other than those included in the
     `{_mp_d,_mp_size}' data are treated as zero.


The following various points should be noted.

Low Zeros
     The least significant limbs `_mp_d[0]' etc can be zero, though
     such low zeros can always be ignored.  Routines likely to produce
     low zeros check and avoid them to save time in subsequent
     calculations, but for most routines they're quite unlikely and
     aren't checked.

Mantissa Size Range
     The `_mp_size' count of limbs in use can be less than `_mp_prec' if
     the value can be represented in less.  This means low precision
     values or small integers stored in a high precision `mpf_t' can
     still be operated on efficiently.

     `_mp_size' can also be greater than `_mp_prec'.  Firstly a value is
     allowed to use all of the `_mp_prec+1' limbs available at `_mp_d',
     and secondly when `mpf_set_prec_raw' lowers `_mp_prec' it leaves
     `_mp_size' unchanged and so the size can be arbitrarily bigger than
     `_mp_prec'.

Rounding
     All rounding is done on limb boundaries.  Calculating `_mp_prec'
     limbs with the high non-zero will ensure the application requested
     minimum precision is obtained.

     The use of simple "trunc" rounding towards zero is efficient,
     since there's no need to examine extra limbs and increment or
     decrement.

Bit Shifts
     Since the exponent is in limbs, there are no bit shifts in basic
     operations like `mpf_add' and `mpf_mul'.  When differing exponents
     are encountered all that's needed is to adjust pointers to line up
     the relevant limbs.

     Of course `mpf_mul_2exp' and `mpf_div_2exp' will require bit
     shifts, but the choice is between an exponent in limbs which
     requires shifts there, or one in bits which requires them almost
     everywhere else.

Use of `_mp_prec+1' Limbs
     The extra limb on `_mp_d' (`_mp_prec+1' rather than just
     `_mp_prec') helps when an `mpf' routine might get a carry from its
     operation.  `mpf_add' for instance will do an `mpn_add' of
     `_mp_prec' limbs.  If there's no carry then that's the result, but
     if there is a carry then it's stored in the extra limb of space and
     `_mp_size' becomes `_mp_prec+1'.

     Whenever `_mp_prec+1' limbs are held in a variable, the low limb
     is not needed for the intended precision, only the `_mp_prec' high
     limbs.  But zeroing it out or moving the rest down is unnecessary.
     Subsequent routines reading the value will simply take the high
     limbs they need, and this will be `_mp_prec' if their target has
     that same precision.  This is no more than a pointer adjustment,
     and must be checked anyway since the destination precision can be
     different from the sources.

     Copy functions like `mpf_set' will retain a full `_mp_prec+1' limbs
     if available.  This ensures that a variable which has `_mp_size'
     equal to `_mp_prec+1' will get its full exact value copied.
     Strictly speaking this is unnecessary since only `_mp_prec' limbs
     are needed for the application's requested precision, but it's
     considered that an `mpf_set' from one variable into another of the
     same precision ought to produce an exact copy.

Application Precisions
     `__GMPF_BITS_TO_PREC' converts an application requested precision
     to an `_mp_prec'.  The value in bits is rounded up to a whole limb
     then an extra limb is added since the most significant limb of
     `_mp_d' is only non-zero and therefore might contain only one bit.

     `__GMPF_PREC_TO_BITS' does the reverse conversion, and removes the
     extra limb from `_mp_prec' before converting to bits.  The net
     effect of reading back with `mpf_get_prec' is simply the precision
     rounded up to a multiple of `mp_bits_per_limb'.

     Note that the extra limb added here for the high only being
     non-zero is in addition to the extra limb allocated to `_mp_d'.
     For example with a 32-bit limb, an application request for 250
     bits will be rounded up to 8 limbs, then an extra added for the
     high being only non-zero, giving an `_mp_prec' of 9.  `_mp_d' then
     gets 10 limbs allocated.  Reading back with `mpf_get_prec' will
     take `_mp_prec' subtract 1 limb and multiply by 32, giving 256
     bits.

     Strictly speaking, the fact the high limb has at least one bit
     means that a float with, say, 3 limbs of 32-bits each will be
     holding at least 65 bits, but for the purposes of `mpf_t' it's
     considered simply to be 64 bits, a nice multiple of the limb size.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Raw Output Internals,  Next: C++ Interface Internals,  Prev: Float Internals,  Up: Internals

Raw Output Internals
====================

`mpz_out_raw' uses the following format.

     +------+------------------------+
     | size |       data bytes       |
     +------+------------------------+

   The size is 4 bytes written most significant byte first, being the
number of subsequent data bytes, or the twos complement negative of
that when a negative integer is represented.  The data bytes are the
absolute value of the integer, written most significant byte first.

   The most significant data byte is always non-zero, so the output is
the same on all systems, irrespective of limb size.

   In GMP 1, leading zero bytes were written to pad the data bytes to a
multiple of the limb size.  `mpz_inp_raw' will still accept this, for
compatibility.

   The use of "big endian" for both the size and data fields is
deliberate, it makes the data easy to read in a hex dump of a file.
Unfortunately it also means that the limb data must be reversed when
reading or writing, so neither a big endian nor little endian system
can just read and write `_mp_d'.


File: gmp.info,  Node: C++ Interface Internals,  Prev: Raw Output Internals,  Up: Internals

C++ Interface Internals
=======================

   A system of expression templates is used to ensure something like
`a=b+c' turns into a simple call to `mpz_add' etc.  For `mpf_class' and
`mpfr_class' the scheme also ensures the precision of the final
destination is used for any temporaries within a statement like
`f=w*x+y*z'.  These are important features which a naive implementation
cannot provide.

   A simplified description of the scheme follows.  The true scheme is
complicated by the fact that expressions have different return types.
For detailed information, refer to the source code.

   To perform an operation, say, addition, we first define a "function
object" evaluating it,

     struct __gmp_binary_plus
     {
       static void eval(mpf_t f, mpf_t g, mpf_t h) { mpf_add(f, g, h); }
     };

And an "additive expression" object,

     __gmp_expr<__gmp_binary_expr<mpf_class, mpf_class, __gmp_binary_plus> >
     operator+(const mpf_class &f, const mpf_class &g)
     {
       return __gmp_expr
         <__gmp_binary_expr<mpf_class, mpf_class, __gmp_binary_plus> >(f, g);
     }

   The seemingly redundant `__gmp_expr<__gmp_binary_expr<...>>' is used
to encapsulate any possible kind of expression into a single template
type.  In fact even `mpf_class' etc are `typedef' specializations of
`__gmp_expr'.

   Next we define assignment of `__gmp_expr' to `mpf_class'.

     template <class T>
     mpf_class & mpf_class::operator=(const __gmp_expr<T> &expr)
     {
       expr.eval(this->get_mpf_t(), this->precision());
       return *this;
     }
     
     template <class Op>
     void __gmp_expr<__gmp_binary_expr<mpf_class, mpf_class, Op> >::eval
     (mpf_t f, unsigned long int precision)
     {
       Op::eval(f, expr.val1.get_mpf_t(), expr.val2.get_mpf_t());
     }

   where `expr.val1' and `expr.val2' are references to the expression's
operands (here `expr' is the `__gmp_binary_expr' stored within the
`__gmp_expr').

   This way, the expression is actually evaluated only at the time of
assignment, when the required precision (that of `f') is known.
Furthermore the target `mpf_t' is now available, thus we can call
`mpf_add' directly with `f' as the output argument.

   Compound expressions are handled by defining operators taking
subexpressions as their arguments, like this:

     template <class T, class U>
     __gmp_expr
     <__gmp_binary_expr<__gmp_expr<T>, __gmp_expr<U>, __gmp_binary_plus> >
     operator+(const __gmp_expr<T> &expr1, const __gmp_expr<U> &expr2)
     {
       return __gmp_expr
         <__gmp_binary_expr<__gmp_expr<T>, __gmp_expr<U>, __gmp_binary_plus> >
         (expr1, expr2);
     }

   And the corresponding specializations of `__gmp_expr::eval':

     template <class T, class U, class Op>
     void __gmp_expr
     <__gmp_binary_expr<__gmp_expr<T>, __gmp_expr<U>, Op> >::eval
     (mpf_t f, unsigned long int precision)
     {
       // declare two temporaries
       mpf_class temp1(expr.val1, precision), temp2(expr.val2, precision);
       Op::eval(f, temp1.get_mpf_t(), temp2.get_mpf_t());
     }

   The expression is thus recursively evaluated to any level of
complexity and all subexpressions are evaluated to the precision of `f'.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Contributors,  Next: References,  Prev: Internals,  Up: Top

Contributors
************

   Torbjorn Granlund wrote the original GMP library and is still
developing and maintaining it.  Several other individuals and
organizations have contributed to GMP in various ways.  Here is a list
in chronological order:

   Gunnar Sjoedin and Hans Riesel helped with mathematical problems in
early versions of the library.

   Richard Stallman contributed to the interface design and revised the
first version of this manual.

   Brian Beuning and Doug Lea helped with testing of early versions of
the library and made creative suggestions.

   John Amanatides of York University in Canada contributed the function
`mpz_probab_prime_p'.

   Paul Zimmermann of Inria sparked the development of GMP 2, with his
comparisons between bignum packages.

   Ken Weber (Kent State University, Universidade Federal do Rio Grande
do Sul) contributed `mpz_gcd', `mpz_divexact', `mpn_gcd', and
`mpn_bdivmod', partially supported by CNPq (Brazil) grant 301314194-2.

   Per Bothner of Cygnus Support helped to set up GMP to use Cygnus'
configure.  He has also made valuable suggestions and tested numerous
intermediary releases.

   Joachim Hollman was involved in the design of the `mpf' interface,
and in the `mpz' design revisions for version 2.

   Bennet Yee contributed the initial versions of `mpz_jacobi' and
`mpz_legendre'.

   Andreas Schwab contributed the files `mpn/m68k/lshift.S' and
`mpn/m68k/rshift.S' (now in `.asm' form).

   The development of floating point functions of GNU MP 2, were
supported in part by the ESPRIT-BRA (Basic Research Activities) 6846
project POSSO (POlynomial System SOlving).

   GNU MP 2 was finished and released by SWOX AB, SWEDEN, in
cooperation with the IDA Center for Computing Sciences, USA.

   Robert Harley of Inria, France and David Seal of ARM, England,
suggested clever improvements for population count.

   Robert Harley also wrote highly optimized Karatsuba and 3-way Toom
multiplication functions for GMP 3.  He also contributed the ARM
assembly code.

   Torsten Ekedahl of the Mathematical department of Stockholm
University provided significant inspiration during several phases of
the GMP development.  His mathematical expertise helped improve several
algorithms.

   Paul Zimmermann wrote the Divide and Conquer division code, the REDC
code, the REDC-based mpz_powm code, the FFT multiply code, and the
Karatsuba square root.  The ECMNET project Paul is organizing was a
driving force behind many of the optimizations in GMP 3.

   Linus Nordberg wrote the new configure system based on autoconf and
implemented the new random functions.

   Kent Boortz made the Macintosh port.

   Kevin Ryde worked on a number of things: optimized x86 code, m4 asm
macros, parameter tuning, speed measuring, the configure system,
function inlining, divisibility tests, bit scanning, Jacobi symbols,
Fibonacci and Lucas number functions, printf and scanf functions, perl
interface, demo expression parser, the algorithms chapter in the
manual, `gmpasm-mode.el', and various miscellaneous improvements
elsewhere.

   Steve Root helped write the optimized alpha 21264 assembly code.

   Gerardo Ballabio wrote the `gmpxx.h' C++ class interface and the C++
`istream' input routines.

   GNU MP 4.0 was finished and released by Torbjorn Granlund and Kevin
Ryde.  Torbjorn's work was partially funded by the IDA Center for
Computing Sciences, USA.

   (This list is chronological, not ordered after significance.  If you
have contributed to GMP but are not listed above, please tell
<tege@swox.com> about the omission!)

   Thanks goes to Hans Thorsen for donating an SGI system for the GMP
test system environment.


File: gmp.info,  Node: References,  Next: GNU Free Documentation License,  Prev: Contributors,  Up: Top

References
**********

Books
=====

   * Jonathan M. Borwein and Peter B. Borwein, "Pi and the AGM: A Study
     in Analytic Number Theory and Computational Complexity", Wiley,
     John & Sons, 1998.

   * Henri Cohen, "A Course in Computational Algebraic Number Theory",
     Graduate Texts in Mathematics number 138, Springer-Verlag, 1993.
     `http://www.math.u-bordeaux.fr/~cohen'

   * Donald E. Knuth, "The Art of Computer Programming", volume 2,
     "Seminumerical Algorithms", 3rd edition, Addison-Wesley, 1998.
     `http://www-cs-faculty.stanford.edu/~knuth/taocp.html'

   * John D. Lipson, "Elements of Algebra and Algebraic Computing", The
     Benjamin Cummings Publishing Company Inc, 1981.

   * Alfred J. Menezes, Paul C. van Oorschot and Scott A. Vanstone,
     "Handbook of Applied Cryptography",
     `http://www.cacr.math.uwaterloo.ca/hac/'

   * Richard M. Stallman, "Using and Porting GCC", Free Software
     Foundation, 1999, available online
     `http://www.gnu.org/software/gcc/onlinedocs/', and in the GCC
     package `ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/'

Papers
======

   * Christoph Burnikel and Joachim Ziegler, "Fast Recursive Division",
     Max-Planck-Institut fuer Informatik Research Report
     MPI-I-98-1-022,
     `http://data.mpi-sb.mpg.de/internet/reports.nsf/NumberView/1998-1-022'

   * Torbjorn Granlund and Peter L. Montgomery, "Division by Invariant
     Integers using Multiplication", in Proceedings of the SIGPLAN
     PLDI'94 Conference, June 1994.  Also available
     `ftp://ftp.cwi.nl/pub/pmontgom/divcnst.psa4.gz' (and .psl.gz).

   * Peter L. Montgomery, "Modular Multiplication Without Trial
     Division", in Mathematics of Computation, volume 44, number 170,
     April 1985.

   * Tudor Jebelean, "An algorithm for exact division", Journal of
     Symbolic Computation, volume 15, 1993, pp. 169-180.  Research
     report version available
     `ftp://ftp.risc.uni-linz.ac.at/pub/techreports/1992/92-35.ps.gz'

   * Tudor Jebelean, "Exact Division with Karatsuba Complexity -
     Extended Abstract", RISC-Linz technical report 96-31,
     `ftp://ftp.risc.uni-linz.ac.at/pub/techreports/1996/96-31.ps.gz'

   * Tudor Jebelean, "Practical Integer Division with Karatsuba
     Complexity", ISSAC 97, pp. 339-341.  Technical report available
     `ftp://ftp.risc.uni-linz.ac.at/pub/techreports/1996/96-29.ps.gz'

   * Tudor Jebelean, "A Generalization of the Binary GCD Algorithm",
     ISSAC 93, pp. 111-116.  Technical report version available
     `ftp://ftp.risc.uni-linz.ac.at/pub/techreports/1993/93-01.ps.gz'

   * Tudor Jebelean, "A Double-Digit Lehmer-Euclid Algorithm for
     Finding the GCD of Long Integers", Journal of Symbolic
     Computation, volume 19, 1995, pp. 145-157.  Technical report
     version also available
     `ftp://ftp.risc.uni-linz.ac.at/pub/techreports/1992/92-69.ps.gz'

   * Werner Krandick and Tudor Jebelean, "Bidirectional Exact Integer
     Division", Journal of Symbolic Computation, volume 21, 1996, pp.
     441-455.  Early technical report version also available
     `ftp://ftp.risc.uni-linz.ac.at/pub/techreports/1994/94-50.ps.gz'

   * R. Moenck and A. Borodin, "Fast Modular Transforms via Division",
     Proceedings of the 13th Annual IEEE Symposium on Switching and
     Automata Theory, October 1972, pp. 90-96.  Reprinted as "Fast
     Modular Transforms", Journal of Computer and System Sciences,
     volume 8, number 3, June 1974, pp. 366-386.

   * Arnold Scho"nhage and Volker Strassen, "Schnelle Multiplikation
     grosser Zahlen", Computing 7, 1971, pp. 281-292.

   * Kenneth Weber, "The accelerated integer GCD algorithm", ACM
     Transactions on Mathematical Software, volume 21, number 1, March
     1995, pp. 111-122.

   * Paul Zimmermann, "Karatsuba Square Root", INRIA Research Report
     3805, November 1999, `http://www.inria.fr/RRRT/RR-3805.html'

   * Paul Zimmermann, "A Proof of GMP Fast Division and Square Root
     Implementations",
     `http://www.loria.fr/~zimmerma/papers/proof-div-sqrt.ps.gz'

   * Dan Zuras, "On Squaring and Multiplying Large Integers", ARITH-11:
     IEEE Symposium on Computer Arithmetic, 1993, pp. 260 to 271.
     Reprinted as "More on Multiplying and Squaring Large Integers",
     IEEE Transactions on Computers, volume 43, number 8, August 1994,
     pp. 899-908.


File: gmp.info,  Node: GNU Free Documentation License,  Next: Concept Index,  Prev: References,  Up: Top

GNU Free Documentation License
******************************

                        Version 1.1, March 2000
     Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA
     
     Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
     of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

  0. PREAMBLE

     The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
     written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
     the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
     modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
     this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
     credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
     modifications made by others.

     This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
     works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.
     It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
     license designed for free software.

     We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
     free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
     free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms
     that the software does.  But this License is not limited to
     software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless
     of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book.
     We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is
     instruction or reference.

  1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS

     This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
     notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
     under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to
     any such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee,
     and is addressed as "you".

     A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
     Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
     modifications and/or translated into another language.

     A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter
     section of the Document that deals exclusively with the
     relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the
     Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains
     nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject.
     (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of
     mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.)
     The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with
     the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial,
     philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.

     The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose
     titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in
     the notice that says that the Document is released under this
     License.

     The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are
     listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice
     that says that the Document is released under this License.

     A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
     represented in a format whose specification is available to the
     general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly
     and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images
     composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some
     widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to
     text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of
     formats suitable for input to text formatters.  A copy made in an
     otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed
     to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not
     Transparent.  A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".

     Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
     ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format,
     SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
     standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification.
     Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that
     can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML
     or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally
     available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word
     processors for output purposes only.

     The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
     plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the
     material this License requires to appear in the title page.  For
     works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title
     Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the
     work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.

  2. VERBATIM COPYING

     You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
     commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
     copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
     applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you
     add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You
     may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading
     or further copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However,
     you may accept compensation in exchange for copies.  If you
     distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow
     the conditions in section 3.

     You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above,
     and you may publicly display copies.

  3. COPYING IN QUANTITY

     If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than
     100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you
     must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly,
     all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
     Back-Cover Texts on the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly
     and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies.  The
     front cover must present the full title with all words of the
     title equally prominent and visible.  You may add other material
     on the covers in addition.  Copying with changes limited to the
     covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and
     satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in
     other respects.

     If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
     legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
     reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
     adjacent pages.

     If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document
     numbering more than 100, you must either include a
     machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or
     state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible
     computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy
     of the Document, free of added material, which the general
     network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
     charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the
     latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you
     begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that
     this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
     location until at least one year after the last time you
     distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or
     retailers) of that edition to the public.

     It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of
     the Document well before redistributing any large number of
     copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated
     version of the Document.

  4. MODIFICATIONS

     You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document
     under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you
     release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with
     the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus
     licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to
     whoever possesses a copy of it.  In addition, you must do these
     things in the Modified Version:

       A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title
          distinct from that of the Document, and from those of
          previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed
          in the History section of the Document).  You may use the
          same title as a previous version if the original publisher of
          that version gives permission.

       B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or
          entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in
          the Modified Version, together with at least five of the
          principal authors of the Document (all of its principal
          authors, if it has less than five).

       C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
          Modified Version, as the publisher.

       D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.

       E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
          adjacent to the other copyright notices.

       F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license
          notice giving the public permission to use the Modified
          Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in
          the Addendum below.

       G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant
          Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's
          license notice.

       H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.

       I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and
          add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new
          authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on
          the Title Page.  If there is no section entitled "History" in
          the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors,
          and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page,
          then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in
          the previous sentence.

       J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document
          for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and
          likewise the network locations given in the Document for
          previous versions it was based on.  These may be placed in
          the "History" section.  You may omit a network location for a
          work that was published at least four years before the
          Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version
          it refers to gives permission.

       K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgments" or "Dedications",
          preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all
          the substance and tone of each of the contributor
          acknowledgments and/or dedications given therein.

       L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
          unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
          or the equivalent are not considered part of the section
          titles.

       M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
          may not be included in the Modified Version.

       N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" or to
          conflict in title with any Invariant Section.

     If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
     appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no
     material copied from the Document, you may at your option
     designate some or all of these sections as invariant.  To do this,
     add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified
     Version's license notice.  These titles must be distinct from any
     other section titles.

     You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
     nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
     parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
     has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
     definition of a standard.

     You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text,
     and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end
     of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one
     passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be
     added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the
     Document already includes a cover text for the same cover,
     previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity
     you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may
     replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
     publisher that added the old one.

     The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this
     License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
     assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.

  5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS

     You may combine the Document with other documents released under
     this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for
     modified versions, provided that you include in the combination
     all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,
     unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your
     combined work in its license notice.

     The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
     multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
     copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
     but different contents, make the title of each such section unique
     by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the
     original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a
     unique number.  Make the same adjustment to the section titles in
     the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the
     combined work.

     In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled
     "History" in the various original documents, forming one section
     entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled
     "Acknowledgments", and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You
     must delete all sections entitled "Endorsements."

  6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS

     You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other
     documents released under this License, and replace the individual
     copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy
     that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
     rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
     documents in all other respects.

     You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
     distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert
     a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow
     this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of
     that document.

  7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS

     A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other
     separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of
     a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a
     Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation
     copyright is claimed for the compilation.  Such a compilation is
     called an "aggregate", and this License does not apply to the
     other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document, on
     account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves
     derivative works of the Document.

     If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
     copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one
     quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be
     placed on covers that surround only the Document within the
     aggregate.  Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole
     aggregate.

  8. TRANSLATION

     Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
     distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section
     4.  Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
     permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
     translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
     original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
     translation of this License provided that you also include the
     original English version of this License.  In case of a
     disagreement between the translation and the original English
     version of this License, the original English version will prevail.

  9. TERMINATION

     You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
     except as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other
     attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is
     void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this
     License.  However, parties who have received copies, or rights,
     from you under this License will not have their licenses
     terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.

 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE

     The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of
     the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
     versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
     differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
     `http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/'.

     Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
     number.  If the Document specifies that a particular numbered
     version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you
     have the option of following the terms and conditions either of
     that specified version or of any later version that has been
     published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.  If
     the Document does not specify a version number of this License,
     you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the
     Free Software Foundation.

ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
====================================================

   To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and license
notices just after the title page:

       Copyright (C)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
       Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
       under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
       or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
       with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
       Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
       A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
       Free Documentation License''.

   If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no Front-Cover
Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of "Front-Cover Texts being
LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.

   If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to
permit their use in free software.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Concept Index,  Next: Function Index,  Prev: GNU Free Documentation License,  Up: Top

Concept Index
*************

* Menu:

* ABI:                                   ABI and ISA.
* About this manual:                     Introduction to GMP.
* Algorithms:                            Algorithms.
* alloca:                                Build Options.
* Allocation of memory:                  Custom Allocation.
* Anonymous FTP of latest version:       Introduction to GMP.
* Application Binary Interface:          ABI and ISA.
* Arithmetic functions <1>:              Float Arithmetic.
* Arithmetic functions <2>:              Integer Arithmetic.
* Arithmetic functions:                  Rational Arithmetic.
* Assignment functions <1>:              Assigning Floats.
* Assignment functions:                  Assigning Integers.
* Autoconf detections:                   Autoconf.
* Basics:                                GMP Basics.
* Berkeley MP compatible functions:      BSD Compatible Functions.
* Binomial coefficient functions:        Number Theoretic Functions.
* Bit manipulation functions:            Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling.
* Bit shift left:                        Integer Arithmetic.
* Bit shift right:                       Integer Division.
* Bits per limb:                         Useful Macros and Constants.
* BSD MP compatible functions:           BSD Compatible Functions.
* Bug reporting:                         Reporting Bugs.
* Build notes for binary packaging:      Notes for Package Builds.
* Build notes for particular systems:    Notes for Particular Systems.
* Build options:                         Build Options.
* Build problems known:                  Known Build Problems.
* Building GMP:                          Installing GMP.
* C++ Interface:                         C++ Class Interface.
* C++ istream input:                     C++ Formatted Input.
* C++ ostream output:                    C++ Formatted Output.
* Comparison functions <1>:              Integer Comparisons.
* Comparison functions <2>:              Float Comparison.
* Comparison functions:                  Comparing Rationals.
* Compatibility with older versions:     Compatibility with older versions.
* Conditions for copying GNU MP:         Copying.
* Configuring GMP:                       Installing GMP.
* Constants:                             Useful Macros and Constants.
* Contributors:                          Contributors.
* Conventions for parameters:            Parameter Conventions.
* Conventions for variables:             Variable Conventions.
* Conversion functions <1>:              Converting Integers.
* Conversion functions <2>:              Rational Conversions.
* Conversion functions:                  Converting Floats.
* Copying conditions:                    Copying.
* CPUs supported:                        Introduction to GMP.
* Custom allocation:                     Custom Allocation.
* Debugging:                             Debugging.
* Demonstration programs:                Demonstration Programs.
* DESTDIR:                               Known Build Problems.
* Division algorithms:                   Division Algorithms.
* Division functions <1>:                Float Arithmetic.
* Division functions <2>:                Integer Division.
* Division functions:                    Rational Arithmetic.
* Efficiency:                            Efficiency.
* Emacs:                                 Emacs.
* Exact division functions:              Integer Division.
* Example programs:                      Demonstration Programs.
* Exponentiation functions <1>:          Integer Exponentiation.
* Exponentiation functions:              Float Arithmetic.
* Export:                                Integer Import and Export.
* Extended GCD:                          Number Theoretic Functions.
* Factorial functions:                   Number Theoretic Functions.
* FDL, GNU Free Documentation License:   GNU Free Documentation License.
* Fibonacci sequence functions:          Number Theoretic Functions.
* Float arithmetic functions:            Float Arithmetic.
* Float assignment functions:            Assigning Floats.
* Float comparison functions:            Float Comparison.
* Float conversion functions:            Converting Floats.
* Float functions:                       Floating-point Functions.
* Float init and assign functions:       Simultaneous Float Init & Assign.
* Float initialization functions:        Initializing Floats.
* Float input and output functions:      I/O of Floats.
* Float miscellaneous functions:         Miscellaneous Float Functions.
* Float sign tests:                      Float Comparison.
* Floating-point functions:              Floating-point Functions.
* Floating-point number:                 Nomenclature and Types.
* Formatted input:                       Formatted Input.
* Formatted output:                      Formatted Output.
* FTP of latest version:                 Introduction to GMP.
* Function classes:                      Function Classes.
* GMP version number:                    Useful Macros and Constants.
* gmp.h:                                 Headers and Libraries.
* gmpxx.h:                               C++ Interface General.
* GNU Free Documentation License:        GNU Free Documentation License.
* Greatest common divisor algorithms:    Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms.
* Greatest common divisor functions:     Number Theoretic Functions.
* Headers:                               Headers and Libraries.
* Home page:                             Introduction to GMP.
* I/O functions <1>:                     I/O of Integers.
* I/O functions <2>:                     I/O of Floats.
* I/O functions:                         I/O of Rationals.
* Import:                                Integer Import and Export.
* Initialization and assignment functions <1>: Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign.
* Initialization and assignment functions <2>: Initializing Rationals.
* Initialization and assignment functions: Simultaneous Float Init & Assign.
* Initialization functions <1>:          Initializing Integers.
* Initialization functions:              Initializing Floats.
* Input functions <1>:                   I/O of Floats.
* Input functions <2>:                   I/O of Integers.
* Input functions:                       I/O of Rationals.
* Installing GMP:                        Installing GMP.
* Instruction Set Architecture:          ABI and ISA.
* Integer:                               Nomenclature and Types.
* Integer arithmetic functions:          Integer Arithmetic.
* Integer assignment functions:          Assigning Integers.
* Integer bit manipulation functions:    Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling.
* Integer comparison functions:          Integer Comparisons.
* Integer conversion functions:          Converting Integers.
* Integer division functions:            Integer Division.
* Integer exponentiation functions:      Integer Exponentiation.
* Integer export:                        Integer Import and Export.
* Integer functions:                     Integer Functions.
* Integer import:                        Integer Import and Export.
* Integer init and assign:               Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign.
* Integer initialization functions:      Initializing Integers.
* Integer input and output functions:    I/O of Integers.
* Integer miscellaneous functions:       Miscellaneous Integer Functions.
* Integer random number functions:       Integer Random Numbers.
* Integer root functions:                Integer Roots.
* Integer sign tests:                    Integer Comparisons.
* Introduction:                          Introduction to GMP.
* ISA:                                   ABI and ISA.
* istream input:                         C++ Formatted Input.
* Jacobi symbol functions:               Number Theoretic Functions.
* Kronecker symbol functions:            Number Theoretic Functions.
* Latest version of GMP:                 Introduction to GMP.
* Least common multiple functions:       Number Theoretic Functions.
* Libraries:                             Headers and Libraries.
* Libtool versioning:                    Notes for Package Builds.
* License conditions:                    Copying.
* Limb:                                  Nomenclature and Types.
* Limb size:                             Useful Macros and Constants.
* Linking:                               Headers and Libraries.
* Logical functions:                     Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling.
* Low-level functions:                   Low-level Functions.
* Lucas number functions:                Number Theoretic Functions.
* Mailing lists:                         Introduction to GMP.
* Memory allocation:                     Custom Allocation.
* Memory Management:                     Memory Management.
* Miscellaneous float functions:         Miscellaneous Float Functions.
* Miscellaneous integer functions:       Miscellaneous Integer Functions.
* Modular inverse functions:             Number Theoretic Functions.
* mp.h:                                  BSD Compatible Functions.
* MPFR:                                  Build Options.
* mpfrxx.h:                              C++ Interface MPFR.
* Multi-threading:                       Reentrancy.
* Multiplication algorithms:             Multiplication Algorithms.
* Nails:                                 Low-level Functions.
* Nomenclature:                          Nomenclature and Types.
* Number theoretic functions:            Number Theoretic Functions.
* Numerator and denominator:             Applying Integer Functions.
* ostream output:                        C++ Formatted Output.
* Output functions <1>:                  I/O of Floats.
* Output functions <2>:                  I/O of Rationals.
* Output functions:                      I/O of Integers.
* Packaged builds:                       Notes for Package Builds.
* Parameter conventions:                 Parameter Conventions.
* Particular systems:                    Notes for Particular Systems.
* perl:                                  Demonstration Programs.
* Powering algorithms:                   Powering Algorithms.
* Powering functions <1>:                Integer Exponentiation.
* Powering functions:                    Float Arithmetic.
* Precision of floats:                   Floating-point Functions.
* Prime testing functions:               Number Theoretic Functions.
* printf formatted output:               Formatted Output.
* Profiling:                             Profiling.
* Radix conversion algorithms:           Radix Conversion Algorithms.
* Random number functions <1>:           Integer Random Numbers.
* Random number functions:               Random Number Functions.
* Random number seeding:                 Random State Seeding.
* Random number state:                   Random State Initialization.
* Rational arithmetic functions:         Rational Arithmetic.
* Rational comparison functions:         Comparing Rationals.
* Rational conversion functions:         Rational Conversions.
* Rational init and assign:              Initializing Rationals.
* Rational input and output functions:   I/O of Rationals.
* Rational number:                       Nomenclature and Types.
* Rational number functions:             Rational Number Functions.
* Rational numerator and denominator:    Applying Integer Functions.
* Rational sign tests:                   Comparing Rationals.
* Reentrancy:                            Reentrancy.
* References:                            References.
* Reporting bugs:                        Reporting Bugs.
* Root extraction algorithms:            Root Extraction Algorithms.
* Root extraction functions <1>:         Integer Roots.
* Root extraction functions:             Float Arithmetic.
* Sample programs:                       Demonstration Programs.
* scanf formatted input:                 Formatted Input.
* Shared library versioning:             Notes for Package Builds.
* Sign tests <1>:                        Comparing Rationals.
* Sign tests <2>:                        Float Comparison.
* Sign tests:                            Integer Comparisons.
* Sparc:                                 Notes for Particular Systems.
* Stack overflow segfaults:              Build Options.
* Stripped libraries:                    Known Build Problems.
* Systems:                               Notes for Particular Systems.
* Thread safety:                         Reentrancy.
* Types:                                 Nomenclature and Types.
* Upward compatibility:                  Compatibility with older versions.
* Useful macros and constants:           Useful Macros and Constants.
* User-defined precision:                Floating-point Functions.
* Variable conventions:                  Variable Conventions.
* Version number:                        Useful Macros and Constants.
* Web page:                              Introduction to GMP.


File: gmp.info,  Node: Function Index,  Prev: Concept Index,  Up: Top

Function and Type Index
***********************

* Menu:

* *mpz_export:                           Integer Import and Export.
* __GNU_MP_VERSION:                      Useful Macros and Constants.
* __GNU_MP_VERSION_MINOR:                Useful Macros and Constants.
* __GNU_MP_VERSION_PATCHLEVEL:           Useful Macros and Constants.
* _mpz_realloc:                          Initializing Integers.
* abs <1>:                               C++ Interface Floats.
* abs <2>:                               C++ Interface Rationals.
* abs:                                   C++ Interface Integers.
* allocate_function:                     Custom Allocation.
* ceil:                                  C++ Interface Floats.
* cmp <1>:                               C++ Interface Integers.
* cmp <2>:                               C++ Interface Floats.
* cmp <3>:                               C++ Interface Rationals.
* cmp <4>:                               C++ Interface Integers.
* cmp:                                   C++ Interface Rationals.
* deallocate_function:                   Custom Allocation.
* floor:                                 C++ Interface Floats.
* gcd:                                   BSD Compatible Functions.
* gmp_asprintf:                          Formatted Output Functions.
* gmp_fprintf:                           Formatted Output Functions.
* gmp_fscanf:                            Formatted Input Functions.
* GMP_LIMB_BITS:                         Low-level Functions.
* GMP_NAIL_BITS:                         Low-level Functions.
* GMP_NAIL_MASK:                         Low-level Functions.
* GMP_NUMB_BITS:                         Low-level Functions.
* GMP_NUMB_MASK:                         Low-level Functions.
* GMP_NUMB_MAX:                          Low-level Functions.
* gmp_obstack_printf:                    Formatted Output Functions.
* gmp_obstack_vprintf:                   Formatted Output Functions.
* gmp_printf:                            Formatted Output Functions.
* gmp_randclass:                         C++ Interface Random Numbers.
* gmp_randclass::get_f:                  C++ Interface Random Numbers.
* gmp_randclass::get_z_bits:             C++ Interface Random Numbers.
* gmp_randclass::get_z_range:            C++ Interface Random Numbers.
* gmp_randclass::gmp_randclass:          C++ Interface Random Numbers.
* gmp_randclass::seed:                   C++ Interface Random Numbers.
* gmp_randclear:                         Random State Initialization.
* gmp_randinit:                          Random State Initialization.
* gmp_randinit_default:                  Random State Initialization.
* gmp_randinit_lc_2exp:                  Random State Initialization.
* gmp_randinit_lc_2exp_size:             Random State Initialization.
* gmp_randseed:                          Random State Seeding.
* gmp_randseed_ui:                       Random State Seeding.
* gmp_scanf:                             Formatted Input Functions.
* gmp_snprintf:                          Formatted Output Functions.
* gmp_sprintf:                           Formatted Output Functions.
* gmp_sscanf:                            Formatted Input Functions.
* gmp_vasprintf:                         Formatted Output Functions.
* gmp_version:                           Useful Macros and Constants.
* gmp_vfprintf:                          Formatted Output Functions.
* gmp_vfscanf:                           Formatted Input Functions.
* gmp_vprintf:                           Formatted Output Functions.
* gmp_vscanf:                            Formatted Input Functions.
* gmp_vsnprintf:                         Formatted Output Functions.
* gmp_vsprintf:                          Formatted Output Functions.
* gmp_vsscanf:                           Formatted Input Functions.
* hypot:                                 C++ Interface Floats.
* itom:                                  BSD Compatible Functions.
* madd:                                  BSD Compatible Functions.
* mcmp:                                  BSD Compatible Functions.
* mdiv:                                  BSD Compatible Functions.
* mfree:                                 BSD Compatible Functions.
* min:                                   BSD Compatible Functions.
* mout:                                  BSD Compatible Functions.
* move:                                  BSD Compatible Functions.
* mp_bits_per_limb:                      Useful Macros and Constants.
* mp_limb_t:                             Nomenclature and Types.
* mp_set_memory_functions:               Custom Allocation.
* mpf_abs:                               Float Arithmetic.
* mpf_add:                               Float Arithmetic.
* mpf_add_ui:                            Float Arithmetic.
* mpf_ceil:                              Miscellaneous Float Functions.
* mpf_class:                             C++ Interface General.
* mpf_class::fits_sint_p:                C++ Interface Floats.
* mpf_class::fits_slong_p:               C++ Interface Floats.
* mpf_class::fits_sshort_p:              C++ Interface Floats.
* mpf_class::fits_uint_p:                C++ Interface Floats.
* mpf_class::fits_ulong_p:               C++ Interface Floats.
* mpf_class::fits_ushort_p:              C++ Interface Floats.
* mpf_class::get_d:                      C++ Interface Floats.
* mpf_class::get_mpf_t:                  C++ Interface General.
* mpf_class::get_prec:                   C++ Interface Floats.
* mpf_class::get_si:                     C++ Interface Floats.
* mpf_class::get_ui:                     C++ Interface Floats.
* mpf_class::mpf_class:                  C++ Interface Floats.
* mpf_class::set_prec:                   C++ Interface Floats.
* mpf_class::set_prec_raw:               C++ Interface Floats.
* mpf_clear:                             Initializing Floats.
* mpf_cmp:                               Float Comparison.
* mpf_cmp_d:                             Float Comparison.
* mpf_cmp_si:                            Float Comparison.
* mpf_cmp_ui:                            Float Comparison.
* mpf_div:                               Float Arithmetic.
* mpf_div_2exp:                          Float Arithmetic.
* mpf_div_ui:                            Float Arithmetic.
* mpf_eq:                                Float Comparison.
* mpf_fits_sint_p:                       Miscellaneous Float Functions.
* mpf_fits_slong_p:                      Miscellaneous Float Functions.
* mpf_fits_sshort_p:                     Miscellaneous Float Functions.
* mpf_fits_uint_p:                       Miscellaneous Float Functions.
* mpf_fits_ulong_p:                      Miscellaneous Float Functions.
* mpf_fits_ushort_p:                     Miscellaneous Float Functions.
* mpf_floor:                             Miscellaneous Float Functions.
* mpf_get_d:                             Converting Floats.
* mpf_get_d_2exp:                        Converting Floats.
* mpf_get_default_prec:                  Initializing Floats.
* mpf_get_prec:                          Initializing Floats.
* mpf_get_si:                            Converting Floats.
* mpf_get_str:                           Converting Floats.
* mpf_get_ui:                            Converting Floats.
* mpf_init:                              Initializing Floats.
* mpf_init2:                             Initializing Floats.
* mpf_init_set:                          Simultaneous Float Init & Assign.
* mpf_init_set_d:                        Simultaneous Float Init & Assign.
* mpf_init_set_si:                       Simultaneous Float Init & Assign.
* mpf_init_set_str:                      Simultaneous Float Init & Assign.
* mpf_init_set_ui:                       Simultaneous Float Init & Assign.
* mpf_inp_str:                           I/O of Floats.
* mpf_integer_p:                         Miscellaneous Float Functions.
* mpf_mul:                               Float Arithmetic.
* mpf_mul_2exp:                          Float Arithmetic.
* mpf_mul_ui:                            Float Arithmetic.
* mpf_neg:                               Float Arithmetic.
* mpf_out_str:                           I/O of Floats.
* mpf_pow_ui:                            Float Arithmetic.
* mpf_random2:                           Miscellaneous Float Functions.
* mpf_reldiff:                           Float Comparison.
* mpf_set:                               Assigning Floats.
* mpf_set_d:                             Assigning Floats.
* mpf_set_default_prec:                  Initializing Floats.
* mpf_set_prec:                          Initializing Floats.
* mpf_set_prec_raw:                      Initializing Floats.
* mpf_set_q:                             Assigning Floats.
* mpf_set_si:                            Assigning Floats.
* mpf_set_str:                           Assigning Floats.
* mpf_set_ui:                            Assigning Floats.
* mpf_set_z:                             Assigning Floats.
* mpf_sgn:                               Float Comparison.
* mpf_sqrt:                              Float Arithmetic.
* mpf_sqrt_ui:                           Float Arithmetic.
* mpf_sub:                               Float Arithmetic.
* mpf_sub_ui:                            Float Arithmetic.
* mpf_swap:                              Assigning Floats.
* mpf_t:                                 Nomenclature and Types.
* mpf_trunc:                             Miscellaneous Float Functions.
* mpf_ui_div:                            Float Arithmetic.
* mpf_ui_sub:                            Float Arithmetic.
* mpf_urandomb:                          Miscellaneous Float Functions.
* mpfr_class:                            C++ Interface MPFR.
* mpn_add:                               Low-level Functions.
* mpn_add_1:                             Low-level Functions.
* mpn_add_n:                             Low-level Functions.
* mpn_addmul_1:                          Low-level Functions.
* mpn_bdivmod:                           Low-level Functions.
* mpn_cmp:                               Low-level Functions.
* mpn_divexact_by3:                      Low-level Functions.
* mpn_divexact_by3c:                     Low-level Functions.
* mpn_divmod:                            Low-level Functions.
* mpn_divmod_1:                          Low-level Functions.
* mpn_divrem:                            Low-level Functions.
* mpn_divrem_1:                          Low-level Functions.
* mpn_gcd:                               Low-level Functions.
* mpn_gcd_1:                             Low-level Functions.
* mpn_gcdext:                            Low-level Functions.
* mpn_get_str:                           Low-level Functions.
* mpn_hamdist:                           Low-level Functions.
* mpn_lshift:                            Low-level Functions.
* mpn_mod_1:                             Low-level Functions.
* mpn_mul:                               Low-level Functions.
* mpn_mul_1:                             Low-level Functions.
* mpn_mul_n:                             Low-level Functions.
* mpn_perfect_square_p:                  Low-level Functions.
* mpn_popcount:                          Low-level Functions.
* mpn_random:                            Low-level Functions.
* mpn_random2:                           Low-level Functions.
* mpn_rshift:                            Low-level Functions.
* mpn_scan0:                             Low-level Functions.
* mpn_scan1:                             Low-level Functions.
* mpn_set_str:                           Low-level Functions.
* mpn_sqrtrem:                           Low-level Functions.
* mpn_sub:                               Low-level Functions.
* mpn_sub_1:                             Low-level Functions.
* mpn_sub_n:                             Low-level Functions.
* mpn_submul_1:                          Low-level Functions.
* mpn_tdiv_qr:                           Low-level Functions.
* mpq_abs:                               Rational Arithmetic.
* mpq_add:                               Rational Arithmetic.
* mpq_canonicalize:                      Rational Number Functions.
* mpq_class:                             C++ Interface General.
* mpq_class::canonicalize:               C++ Interface Rationals.
* mpq_class::get_d:                      C++ Interface Rationals.
* mpq_class::get_den:                    C++ Interface Rationals.
* mpq_class::get_den_mpz_t:              C++ Interface Rationals.
* mpq_class::get_mpq_t:                  C++ Interface General.
* mpq_class::get_num:                    C++ Interface Rationals.
* mpq_class::get_num_mpz_t:              C++ Interface Rationals.
* mpq_class::mpq_class:                  C++ Interface Rationals.
* mpq_clear:                             Initializing Rationals.
* mpq_cmp:                               Comparing Rationals.
* mpq_cmp_si:                            Comparing Rationals.
* mpq_cmp_ui:                            Comparing Rationals.
* mpq_denref:                            Applying Integer Functions.
* mpq_div:                               Rational Arithmetic.
* mpq_div_2exp:                          Rational Arithmetic.
* mpq_equal:                             Comparing Rationals.
* mpq_get_d:                             Rational Conversions.
* mpq_get_den:                           Applying Integer Functions.
* mpq_get_num:                           Applying Integer Functions.
* mpq_get_str:                           Rational Conversions.
* mpq_init:                              Initializing Rationals.
* mpq_inp_str:                           I/O of Rationals.
* mpq_inv:                               Rational Arithmetic.
* mpq_mul:                               Rational Arithmetic.
* mpq_mul_2exp:                          Rational Arithmetic.
* mpq_neg:                               Rational Arithmetic.
* mpq_numref:                            Applying Integer Functions.
* mpq_out_str:                           I/O of Rationals.
* mpq_set:                               Initializing Rationals.
* mpq_set_d:                             Rational Conversions.
* mpq_set_den:                           Applying Integer Functions.
* mpq_set_f:                             Rational Conversions.
* mpq_set_num:                           Applying Integer Functions.
* mpq_set_si:                            Initializing Rationals.
* mpq_set_str:                           Initializing Rationals.
* mpq_set_ui:                            Initializing Rationals.
* mpq_set_z:                             Initializing Rationals.
* mpq_sgn:                               Comparing Rationals.
* mpq_sub:                               Rational Arithmetic.
* mpq_swap:                              Initializing Rationals.
* mpq_t:                                 Nomenclature and Types.
* mpz_abs:                               Integer Arithmetic.
* mpz_add:                               Integer Arithmetic.
* mpz_add_ui:                            Integer Arithmetic.
* mpz_addmul:                            Integer Arithmetic.
* mpz_addmul_ui:                         Integer Arithmetic.
* mpz_and:                               Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling.
* mpz_array_init:                        Initializing Integers.
* mpz_bin_ui:                            Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_bin_uiui:                          Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_cdiv_q:                            Integer Division.
* mpz_cdiv_q_2exp:                       Integer Division.
* mpz_cdiv_q_ui:                         Integer Division.
* mpz_cdiv_qr:                           Integer Division.
* mpz_cdiv_qr_ui:                        Integer Division.
* mpz_cdiv_r:                            Integer Division.
* mpz_cdiv_r_2exp:                       Integer Division.
* mpz_cdiv_r_ui:                         Integer Division.
* mpz_cdiv_ui:                           Integer Division.
* mpz_class:                             C++ Interface General.
* mpz_class::fits_sint_p:                C++ Interface Integers.
* mpz_class::fits_slong_p:               C++ Interface Integers.
* mpz_class::fits_sshort_p:              C++ Interface Integers.
* mpz_class::fits_uint_p:                C++ Interface Integers.
* mpz_class::fits_ulong_p:               C++ Interface Integers.
* mpz_class::fits_ushort_p:              C++ Interface Integers.
* mpz_class::get_d:                      C++ Interface Integers.
* mpz_class::get_mpz_t:                  C++ Interface General.
* mpz_class::get_si:                     C++ Interface Integers.
* mpz_class::get_ui:                     C++ Interface Integers.
* mpz_class::mpz_class:                  C++ Interface Integers.
* mpz_clear:                             Initializing Integers.
* mpz_clrbit:                            Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling.
* mpz_cmp:                               Integer Comparisons.
* mpz_cmp_d:                             Integer Comparisons.
* mpz_cmp_si:                            Integer Comparisons.
* mpz_cmp_ui:                            Integer Comparisons.
* mpz_cmpabs:                            Integer Comparisons.
* mpz_cmpabs_d:                          Integer Comparisons.
* mpz_cmpabs_ui:                         Integer Comparisons.
* mpz_com:                               Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling.
* mpz_congruent_2exp_p:                  Integer Division.
* mpz_congruent_p:                       Integer Division.
* mpz_congruent_ui_p:                    Integer Division.
* mpz_divexact:                          Integer Division.
* mpz_divexact_ui:                       Integer Division.
* mpz_divisible_2exp_p:                  Integer Division.
* mpz_divisible_p:                       Integer Division.
* mpz_divisible_ui_p:                    Integer Division.
* mpz_even_p:                            Miscellaneous Integer Functions.
* mpz_fac_ui:                            Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_fdiv_q:                            Integer Division.
* mpz_fdiv_q_2exp:                       Integer Division.
* mpz_fdiv_q_ui:                         Integer Division.
* mpz_fdiv_qr:                           Integer Division.
* mpz_fdiv_qr_ui:                        Integer Division.
* mpz_fdiv_r:                            Integer Division.
* mpz_fdiv_r_2exp:                       Integer Division.
* mpz_fdiv_r_ui:                         Integer Division.
* mpz_fdiv_ui:                           Integer Division.
* mpz_fib2_ui:                           Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_fib_ui:                            Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_fits_sint_p:                       Miscellaneous Integer Functions.
* mpz_fits_slong_p:                      Miscellaneous Integer Functions.
* mpz_fits_sshort_p:                     Miscellaneous Integer Functions.
* mpz_fits_uint_p:                       Miscellaneous Integer Functions.
* mpz_fits_ulong_p:                      Miscellaneous Integer Functions.
* mpz_fits_ushort_p:                     Miscellaneous Integer Functions.
* mpz_gcd:                               Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_gcd_ui:                            Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_gcdext:                            Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_get_d:                             Converting Integers.
* mpz_get_d_2exp:                        Converting Integers.
* mpz_get_si:                            Converting Integers.
* mpz_get_str:                           Converting Integers.
* mpz_get_ui:                            Converting Integers.
* mpz_getlimbn:                          Converting Integers.
* mpz_hamdist:                           Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling.
* mpz_import:                            Integer Import and Export.
* mpz_init:                              Initializing Integers.
* mpz_init2:                             Initializing Integers.
* mpz_init_set:                          Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign.
* mpz_init_set_d:                        Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign.
* mpz_init_set_si:                       Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign.
* mpz_init_set_str:                      Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign.
* mpz_init_set_ui:                       Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign.
* mpz_inp_raw:                           I/O of Integers.
* mpz_inp_str:                           I/O of Integers.
* mpz_invert:                            Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_ior:                               Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling.
* mpz_jacobi:                            Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_kronecker:                         Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_kronecker_si:                      Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_kronecker_ui:                      Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_lcm:                               Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_lcm_ui:                            Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_legendre:                          Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_lucnum2_ui:                        Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_lucnum_ui:                         Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_mod:                               Integer Division.
* mpz_mod_ui:                            Integer Division.
* mpz_mul:                               Integer Arithmetic.
* mpz_mul_2exp:                          Integer Arithmetic.
* mpz_mul_si:                            Integer Arithmetic.
* mpz_mul_ui:                            Integer Arithmetic.
* mpz_neg:                               Integer Arithmetic.
* mpz_nextprime:                         Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_odd_p:                             Miscellaneous Integer Functions.
* mpz_out_raw:                           I/O of Integers.
* mpz_out_str:                           I/O of Integers.
* mpz_perfect_power_p:                   Integer Roots.
* mpz_perfect_square_p:                  Integer Roots.
* mpz_popcount:                          Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling.
* mpz_pow_ui:                            Integer Exponentiation.
* mpz_powm:                              Integer Exponentiation.
* mpz_powm_ui:                           Integer Exponentiation.
* mpz_probab_prime_p:                    Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_random:                            Integer Random Numbers.
* mpz_random2:                           Integer Random Numbers.
* mpz_realloc2:                          Initializing Integers.
* mpz_remove:                            Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_root:                              Integer Roots.
* mpz_rrandomb:                          Integer Random Numbers.
* mpz_scan0:                             Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling.
* mpz_scan1:                             Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling.
* mpz_set:                               Assigning Integers.
* mpz_set_d:                             Assigning Integers.
* mpz_set_f:                             Assigning Integers.
* mpz_set_q:                             Assigning Integers.
* mpz_set_si:                            Assigning Integers.
* mpz_set_str:                           Assigning Integers.
* mpz_set_ui:                            Assigning Integers.
* mpz_setbit:                            Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling.
* mpz_sgn:                               Integer Comparisons.
* mpz_si_kronecker:                      Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_size:                              Miscellaneous Integer Functions.
* mpz_sizeinbase:                        Miscellaneous Integer Functions.
* mpz_sqrt:                              Integer Roots.
* mpz_sqrtrem:                           Integer Roots.
* mpz_sub:                               Integer Arithmetic.
* mpz_sub_ui:                            Integer Arithmetic.
* mpz_submul:                            Integer Arithmetic.
* mpz_submul_ui:                         Integer Arithmetic.
* mpz_swap:                              Assigning Integers.
* mpz_t:                                 Nomenclature and Types.
* mpz_tdiv_q:                            Integer Division.
* mpz_tdiv_q_2exp:                       Integer Division.
* mpz_tdiv_q_ui:                         Integer Division.
* mpz_tdiv_qr:                           Integer Division.
* mpz_tdiv_qr_ui:                        Integer Division.
* mpz_tdiv_r:                            Integer Division.
* mpz_tdiv_r_2exp:                       Integer Division.
* mpz_tdiv_r_ui:                         Integer Division.
* mpz_tdiv_ui:                           Integer Division.
* mpz_tstbit:                            Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling.
* mpz_ui_kronecker:                      Number Theoretic Functions.
* mpz_ui_pow_ui:                         Integer Exponentiation.
* mpz_ui_sub:                            Integer Arithmetic.
* mpz_urandomb:                          Integer Random Numbers.
* mpz_urandomm:                          Integer Random Numbers.
* mpz_xor:                               Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling.
* msqrt:                                 BSD Compatible Functions.
* msub:                                  BSD Compatible Functions.
* mtox:                                  BSD Compatible Functions.
* mult:                                  BSD Compatible Functions.
* operator%:                             C++ Interface Integers.
* operator/:                             C++ Interface Integers.
* operator<<:                            C++ Formatted Output.
* operator>> <1>:                        C++ Formatted Input.
* operator>> <2>:                        C++ Interface Rationals.
* operator>>:                            C++ Formatted Input.
* pow:                                   BSD Compatible Functions.
* reallocate_function:                   Custom Allocation.
* rpow:                                  BSD Compatible Functions.
* sdiv:                                  BSD Compatible Functions.
* sgn <1>:                               C++ Interface Floats.
* sgn <2>:                               C++ Interface Integers.
* sgn:                                   C++ Interface Rationals.
* sqrt <1>:                              C++ Interface Integers.
* sqrt:                                  C++ Interface Floats.
* trunc:                                 C++ Interface Floats.
* xtom:                                  BSD Compatible Functions.



Tag Table:
Node: Top901
Node: Copying3073
Node: Introduction to GMP4929
Node: Installing GMP7688
Node: Build Options8385
Node: ABI and ISA23864
Node: Notes for Package Builds29309
Node: Notes for Particular Systems31348
Node: Known Build Problems37416
Node: GMP Basics42592
Node: Headers and Libraries43239
Node: Nomenclature and Types44757
Node: Function Classes45809
Node: Variable Conventions47247
Node: Parameter Conventions48851
Node: Memory Management50907
Node: Reentrancy52030
Node: Useful Macros and Constants53833
Node: Compatibility with older versions54599
Node: Demonstration Programs55555
Node: Efficiency56817
Node: Debugging64451
Node: Profiling71057
Node: Autoconf72679
Node: Emacs75326
Node: Reporting Bugs75995
Node: Integer Functions78524
Node: Initializing Integers79269
Node: Assigning Integers82968
Node: Simultaneous Integer Init & Assign84903
Node: Converting Integers86519
Node: Integer Arithmetic88923
Node: Integer Division90502
Node: Integer Exponentiation96341
Node: Integer Roots97180
Node: Number Theoretic Functions98635
Node: Integer Comparisons104647
Node: Integer Logic and Bit Fiddling105931
Node: I/O of Integers108400
Node: Integer Random Numbers110874
Node: Integer Import and Export113485
Node: Miscellaneous Integer Functions117103
Node: Rational Number Functions118808
Node: Initializing Rationals119999
Node: Rational Conversions122195
Node: Rational Arithmetic123516
Node: Comparing Rationals124835
Node: Applying Integer Functions126189
Node: I/O of Rationals127661
Node: Floating-point Functions129514
Node: Initializing Floats132398
Node: Assigning Floats136087
Node: Simultaneous Float Init & Assign138421
Node: Converting Floats139940
Node: Float Arithmetic142254
Node: Float Comparison144274
Node: I/O of Floats145609
Node: Miscellaneous Float Functions147925
Node: Low-level Functions149794
Node: Random Number Functions170855
Node: Random State Initialization171891
Node: Random State Seeding174195
Node: Formatted Output175539
Node: Formatted Output Strings175778
Node: Formatted Output Functions180654
Node: C++ Formatted Output184635
Node: Formatted Input187131
Node: Formatted Input Strings187361
Node: Formatted Input Functions191808
Node: C++ Formatted Input193834
Node: C++ Class Interface195120
Node: C++ Interface General196141
Node: C++ Interface Integers199205
Node: C++ Interface Rationals202364
Node: C++ Interface Floats205736
Node: C++ Interface MPFR208906
Node: C++ Interface Random Numbers209488
Node: C++ Interface Limitations211889
Node: BSD Compatible Functions214705
Node: Custom Allocation219167
Node: Language Bindings222936
Node: Algorithms226271
Node: Multiplication Algorithms226969
Node: Basecase Multiplication228005
Node: Karatsuba Multiplication229885
Node: Toom-Cook 3-Way Multiplication233345
Node: FFT Multiplication241100
Node: Other Multiplication246429
Node: Division Algorithms248911
Node: Single Limb Division249248
Node: Basecase Division252156
Node: Divide and Conquer Division253348
Node: Exact Division255570
Node: Exact Remainder258742
Node: Small Quotient Division261004
Node: Greatest Common Divisor Algorithms262591
Node: Binary GCD262854
Node: Accelerated GCD264341
Node: Extended GCD266127
Node: Jacobi Symbol267785
Node: Powering Algorithms268690
Node: Normal Powering Algorithm268943
Node: Modular Powering Algorithm269460
Node: Root Extraction Algorithms270512
Node: Square Root Algorithm270817
Node: Nth Root Algorithm271784
Node: Perfect Square Algorithm272558
Node: Perfect Power Algorithm273554
Node: Radix Conversion Algorithms274166
Node: Binary to Radix274535
Node: Radix to Binary278452
Node: Other Algorithms280372
Node: Factorial Algorithm280658
Node: Binomial Coefficients Algorithm282000
Node: Fibonacci Numbers Algorithm283325
Node: Lucas Numbers Algorithm285798
Node: Assembler Coding286475
Node: Assembler Code Organisation287383
Node: Assembler Basics287988
Node: Assembler Carry Propagation289070
Node: Assembler Cache Handling290895
Node: Assembler Floating Point293048
Node: Assembler SIMD Instructions296831
Node: Assembler Software Pipelining297808
Node: Assembler Loop Unrolling299067
Node: Internals301445
Node: Integer Internals301954
Node: Rational Internals303970
Node: Float Internals305201
Node: Raw Output Internals312298
Node: C++ Interface Internals313482
Node: Contributors316795
Node: References320558
Node: GNU Free Documentation License324997
Node: Concept Index344885
Node: Function Index357894

End Tag Table
